NextERP/documentation
5
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

[I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Odoo Translation Bot 2019-10-06 02:31:49 +02:00
parent 52faf399ac
commit fa1b9825d5
159 changed files with 67505 additions and 19628 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

1559
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

31
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-03 08:44+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16
msgid ""
"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on "
"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on "
"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically."
msgstr ""
@ -149,35 +149,34 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34
msgid ""
"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form "
"to contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your "
"website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the "
"system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, "
"etc...)"
"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These "
"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, "
"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43
msgid ""
"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in "
"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in "
"Odoo Enterprise."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52
msgid ""
"From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag the "
"form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you "
"wish."
"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode,"
" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the "
"fields you wish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59
msgid ""
"By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to "
"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to "
"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63
msgid ""
"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second information will"
" be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter."
"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be "
"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67
@ -186,9 +185,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69
msgid ""
"When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step before "
"assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM "
"settings and refer to :doc:`convert`."
"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before "
"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in "
"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3

299
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
View File

@ -9,9 +9,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -114,119 +114,203 @@ msgstr "Opgrader"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
msgid ""
"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the"
" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, "
"click on the \"Upgrade\" button."
"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation "
"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test"
" the process before upgrading your production database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57
msgid ""
"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading "
"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online "
"experience."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
msgid ""
"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will"
" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
"released a more recent version during your tests)."
"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps "
"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In "
"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user"
" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, "
"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
msgid ""
"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be "
"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will "
"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database."
"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade "
"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least "
"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps "
"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. "
"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order "
"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of "
"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73
msgid ""
"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test "
"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified "
"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74
msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76
msgid "You request a test upgrade"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
msgid ""
"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data "
"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual "
"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)."
"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79
msgid ""
"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the "
"same."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
msgid ""
"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, "
"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on "
"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production "
"database to the new version."
"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and "
"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84
msgid ""
"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the "
"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87
msgid ""
"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. "
"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94
msgid ""
"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will "
"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
"released a more recent version during your tests)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
msgid ""
"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be "
"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a "
"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead"
" and asking another request will not be possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108
msgid ""
"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it "
"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test "
"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be "
"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent "
"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be "
"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you "
"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116
msgid ""
"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**"
" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work "
"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might "
"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you "
"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make "
"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your "
"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124
msgid ""
"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade"
" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading "
"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being "
"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
msgid ""
"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click "
"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button "
"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new "
"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes"
" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once "
"the process is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
msgid ""
"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between "
"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your "
"migration during non-business hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146
msgid "Duplicating a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial "
"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" "
"database can duplicate without problem."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
msgid ""
"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a"
" database, all external communication will remain active:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165
msgid ""
"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for "
"example)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170
msgid "Etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172
msgid ""
"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these "
"behaviours to be disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187
msgid "Rename a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189
msgid ""
"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you "
"want to rename, access the `database management page "
@ -234,15 +318,15 @@ msgid ""
"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200
msgid "Deleting a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202
msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204
msgid ""
"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The "
"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant "
@ -250,45 +334,45 @@ msgid ""
"backup may be several hours old at that point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210
msgid ""
"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, "
"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" "
"button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217
msgid ""
"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you "
"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload "
"automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227
msgid ""
"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229
msgid ""
"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a "
"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233
msgid ""
"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
msgid "On-premise Database management"
msgid "On-premises Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
@ -315,8 +399,9 @@ msgid ""
"message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143
msgid "Solutions"
msgstr ""
@ -359,7 +444,7 @@ msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
msgid ""
"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
@ -387,41 +472,66 @@ msgid ""
"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80
msgid "Check your network and firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
msgid ""
"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation"
" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open "
"outgoing connections towards:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86
msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87
msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89
msgid ""
"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the "
"Update notification runs once a week."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95
msgid "Error message due to too many users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
msgid ""
"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106
msgid ""
"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
"countdown is updated everyday."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112
msgid ""
"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the "
"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115
msgid "or"
msgstr "eller"
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117
msgid ""
"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com "
"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"/documentation/user/12.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122
msgid ""
"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message "
"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification "
@ -430,109 +540,58 @@ msgid ""
"message disappear right away."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129
msgid "Database expired error message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131
msgid ""
"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your "
"subscription, you will encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139
msgid ""
"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30"
" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the "
"database is expired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
msgid ""
"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
"that"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146
msgid ""
"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be "
"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit "
"card payments are processed immediately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149
msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151
msgid ""
"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145
msgid "Force an Update Notification"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
msgid ""
"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-"
"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription"
" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will "
"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause "
"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications "
"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you"
" can force an Update using the following procedure:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154
msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155
msgid ""
"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right "
"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer"
" mode**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158
msgid ""
"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > "
"\"Scheduled Actions\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160
msgid ""
"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on "
"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165
msgid ""
"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive "
"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this "
"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the"
" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production "
"database will then be correctly identified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
msgid "Duplicate a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
msgid ""
"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
"duplicate your database (among other things)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170
msgid ""
"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
@ -541,7 +600,7 @@ msgid ""
"registration problems down the line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179
msgid ""
"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "

62
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

@ -10,9 +10,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -107,59 +107,59 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
"to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*"
" section. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation "
"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in "
"`Google documentation "
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
msgid ""
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
msgid ""
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62
msgid ""
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66
msgid ""
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69
msgid ""
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
"usually happens more quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
msgid ""
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77
msgid "Allow DKIM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
msgid ""
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
@ -169,22 +169,22 @@ msgid ""
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90
msgid ""
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
"alias (**catchall@**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94
msgid ""
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
@ -192,58 +192,58 @@ msgid ""
"recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98
msgid ""
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101
msgid ""
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103
msgid ""
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105
msgid ""
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
"/project-management>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107
msgid ""
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
msgid "etc."
msgstr "etc."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
msgid ""
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115
msgid ""
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ msgid ""
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
@ -263,21 +263,21 @@ msgid ""
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138
msgid ""
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146
msgid ""
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "

309
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
View File

@ -6,17 +6,18 @@
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2019
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2019
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2019
# jonas jensen <j.jensen@tcomp.dk>, 2019
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2019\n"
"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -581,7 +582,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3
msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)"
msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5
@ -713,7 +714,6 @@ msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
msgid "Set up Odoo"
msgstr ""
@ -736,7 +736,6 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
msgid "Go live"
msgstr ""
@ -783,13 +782,11 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
msgid ":doc:`payment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
msgstr ""
@ -1077,190 +1074,292 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3
msgid "How to get paid with Paypal"
msgid "Configure your Paypal account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5
msgid ""
"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the "
"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any "
"starter."
"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any "
"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we "
"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow "
"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11
msgid "Set up your Paypal account"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12
msgid "Paypal account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14
msgid ""
"Create a `Paypal Business Account <https://www.paypal.com>`__ or upgrade "
"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account."
"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl "
"Business Account "
"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__"
" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal "
"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few "
"configuration steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18
msgid "Settings in Paypal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21
msgid ""
"Log in to `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ and open the settings of your "
"**Profile**."
"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a "
"seamless customer experience with Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22
msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27
msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23
msgid ""
"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*"
" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29
msgid "Auto Return"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31
msgid ""
"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: "
"<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the "
"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)."
"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the "
"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name "
"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. "
"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36
msgid ""
"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is "
"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo."
"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits "
"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or "
"Odoo databases."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43
msgid ""
"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment "
"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44
msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46
msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn"
msgid ""
"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as"
" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting "
"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. "
"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51
msgid ""
"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo "
"to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal "
"button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54
msgid "Paypal Account Optional"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56
msgid ""
"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as "
"**UTF-8**."
"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when "
"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might "
"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63
msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65
msgid ""
"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, "
"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on."
"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site "
"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the "
"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*"
" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually "
"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges "
"receipt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72
msgid ""
"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in "
"*Instant Payment Notification*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75
msgid ""
"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->"
" Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your "
"**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**."
"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” "
"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81
msgid "Payment Messages Format"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83
msgid ""
"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My "
"business info`."
"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. "
"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89
msgid ""
"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so,"
" open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**."
"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98
msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System"
" Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:"
"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the "
"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-"
"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-"
"payments-ewp>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94
msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104
msgid "Settings in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95
msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107
msgid "Activation"
msgstr "Aktivering"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109
msgid ""
"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your "
"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**."
"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce "
"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112
msgid "Transaction fees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113
msgid "Credentials"
msgstr "Kortoplysninger"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114
msgid ""
"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal"
" charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied"
" to the order amount."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115
msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117
msgid ""
"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in "
"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below."
msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119
msgid ""
"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees "
"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__."
"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in "
"*Profile > About the business*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128
msgid "Test the payment flow"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121
msgid ""
"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained"
" here above."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127
msgid "Transaction fees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129
msgid ""
"You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts."
"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to "
"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, "
"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132
msgid ""
"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ with your"
" Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:"
"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in "
"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138
msgid ""
"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-"
"fees>`__ to set up fees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141
msgid ""
"..note:: `Traders in the EU "
"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-"
"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying "
"with credit cards."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145
msgid "Go live!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147
msgid ""
"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then"
" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to"
" it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156
msgid ""
"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales "
"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting "
"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is "
"processed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165
msgid "Test environment"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167
msgid ""
"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox "
"accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169
msgid ""
"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with "
"your Paypal credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171
msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173
msgid ""
"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. "
"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)."
"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com "
"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175
msgid ""
"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. "
"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)."
"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177
msgid ""
"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ with the "
"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions."
"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same "
"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make "
"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the "
"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not "
"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142
msgid ""
"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on "
"*Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not "
"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the "
"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be "
"automatically generated when the transaction is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183
msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185
msgid "See also"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187
msgid ""
"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189
msgid ""
"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
msgstr ""

146
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
View File

@ -4,17 +4,17 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2019\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -30,6 +30,16 @@ msgstr "Generel"
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Godkendelse"
#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3
msgid "OAuth"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5
msgid ""
"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft "
"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
msgstr ""
@ -87,6 +97,60 @@ msgid ""
"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3
msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5
msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7
msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15
msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20
msgid ""
"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port "
"it listens to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22
msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27
msgid ""
"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query"
" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32
msgid ""
"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP "
"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34
msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39
msgid ""
"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a "
"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41
msgid ""
"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If "
"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
msgid "Data Import"
msgstr ""
@ -279,12 +343,12 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
msgid ""
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess"
" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can"
" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be "
"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month "
"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the"
" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'."
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to "
"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While "
"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be "
"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is "
"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is "
"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
@ -754,6 +818,14 @@ msgid ""
"users>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "To Do"
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47
msgid "Add link to How to add companies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
msgstr ""
@ -839,62 +911,84 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6
msgid ""
"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow"
" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo"
" Unsplash key in a transparent way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9
msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11
msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to your `applications dashboard "
"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New "
"Application**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18
msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a "
"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**."
"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so "
"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on "
"**Create application**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28
msgid ""
"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit"
" to find your **access key**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34
msgid ""
"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production "
"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of "
"50 Unsplash requests per hour."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37
msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3
msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6
msgid ""
"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this "
"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/unsplash_access_key.html>`_."
"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8
msgid ""
"Go to your `applications dashboard "
"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created "
"Unsplash application under **Your applications**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13
msgid ""
"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application "
"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like"
" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``"
" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19
msgid ""
"Note that if you `apply for a production account "
"<https://unsplash.com/documentation#registering-your-application>`_ and it "
"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be "
"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page."
"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production "
"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash "
"requests per hour restriction."
msgstr ""

107
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@ -172,10 +172,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118
msgid ""
"`The User Story <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-story>`__: "
"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, "
"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant"
" who will provide a response to the HOW."
"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities "
"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, "
"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126
@ -373,100 +372,10 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your "
"questions or technical issues."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:264
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives "
"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:279
msgid "Importation of documents into your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`."
msgstr ""

6
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
View File

@ -9,9 +9,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
"documentation `*here* "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91

289
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

@ -9,17 +9,17 @@
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2019
# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2019
# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2019\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -352,16 +352,16 @@ msgid ""
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to"
" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check "
"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
msgid ""
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using "
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using "
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
" it is essential to test it first."
@ -410,21 +410,11 @@ msgid ""
"the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17
msgid ""
"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more "
"actions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19
msgid "Document: |download_barcode|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12
msgid "Set products barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17
msgid ""
"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure"
" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this "
@ -435,18 +425,18 @@ msgid ""
"interface can also be accessed via the planner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28
msgid ""
"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and "
"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate "
"them)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33
msgid "Set locations barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38
msgid ""
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
@ -457,17 +447,17 @@ msgid ""
"paper."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
msgid ""
"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short "
"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54
msgid "Barcode formats"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56
msgid ""
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering "
@ -475,7 +465,7 @@ msgid ""
"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61
msgid ""
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define "
"your own barcode format for internal use."
@ -691,7 +681,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30
@ -837,6 +827,66 @@ msgid ""
"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the "
"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, "
"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure"
" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set"
" those virtual warehouses."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12
msgid "Set up virtual warehouses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14
msgid ""
"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new"
" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock "
"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the "
"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on "
"create."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24
msgid ""
"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, "
"because you will need it later in the process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27
msgid ""
"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and "
"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A"
" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two "
"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse"
" A+B."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37
msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39
msgid ""
"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in"
" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. "
"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47
msgid ""
"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery"
" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse"
" A and one in warehouse B."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3
msgid "Delivery Orders"
msgstr "Leveringsordrer"
@ -1058,7 +1108,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74
msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers"
msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76
@ -1093,6 +1143,23 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "To Do"
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106
msgid ""
"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of "
"my vendors?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3
msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?"
msgstr ""
@ -1315,6 +1382,18 @@ msgid ""
"product has been shipped to the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64
msgid ""
"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: "
"From sales orders to delivery orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133
msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3
msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?"
msgstr ""
@ -1499,7 +1578,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84
msgid ""
"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General "
"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General "
"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**."
msgstr ""
@ -1801,6 +1880,12 @@ msgid ""
"shipped to the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160
msgid ""
"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders"
" to delivery orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3
msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?"
msgstr ""
@ -1933,6 +2018,12 @@ msgid ""
"shipped to the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130
msgid ""
"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From"
" sales orders to delivery orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3
msgid "Incoming Shipments"
msgstr "Indkommende leverancer"
@ -2017,6 +2108,11 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71
msgid ""
"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3
msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)"
msgstr ""
@ -2614,7 +2710,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68
msgid ""
"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will "
"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are "
"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are "
"moving those serial numbers."
msgstr ""
@ -4202,6 +4298,10 @@ msgid ""
"To Stock)`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179
msgid "needs schema thing from FP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182
msgid "Routes"
msgstr "Ruter"
@ -5214,7 +5314,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45
msgid ""
"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action "
"possibles :"
"possible :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48
@ -5223,11 +5323,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50
msgid ""
"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders."
"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53
msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders."
msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56
@ -5284,7 +5384,7 @@ msgid ""
"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales "
"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem "
"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in "
"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An "
"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An "
"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will "
"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the "
"inability to meet customer demand for the product."
@ -5549,94 +5649,44 @@ msgid "Product Costing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3
msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?"
msgid ""
"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8
msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10
msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk"
msgid ""
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs "
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12
msgid ""
"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but "
"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have"
" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will "
"impact on company profits."
"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and "
"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application "
"to be installed)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21
msgid "Applications configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20
msgid ""
"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check "
"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & "
"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27
msgid "Add costs to products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29
msgid ""
"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> "
"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price "
"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click "
"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you"
" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. "
"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines "
"will be split accross your transfers lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40
msgid "Landed Cost Types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42
msgid ""
"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed "
"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:50
msgid ""
"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time "
"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured "
"on the product category."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:55
msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57
msgid ""
"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
"Control --> Landed Costs`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:60
msgid ""
"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to "
"attribute landed costs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:66
msgid ""
"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend "
"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be "
"easier to keep track of your postings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:73
msgid ""
"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split "
"across the picking lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:79
msgid ""
"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button."
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38
msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3
@ -5893,7 +5943,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
msgid ""
"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot "
"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym "
"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy "
"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date."
msgstr ""
@ -6115,7 +6165,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary."
" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of"
" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, "
" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, "
"you will need to convert the units."
msgstr ""
@ -6138,8 +6188,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29
msgid ""
"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which "
"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on "
"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you "
"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on "
"**Edit**."
msgstr ""
@ -6255,6 +6305,12 @@ msgid ""
"converted automatically :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125
msgid ""
"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use "
"packages, units of measure or kits?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3
msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?"
msgstr ""
@ -6680,6 +6736,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226
msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227
msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3
msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?"
msgstr ""
@ -7006,7 +7070,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
msgid ""
"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated."
"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you"
" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70

78
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po
View File

@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@ -103,6 +103,80 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "IoT Box Schema"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:3
msgid "Flashing your SD Card"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from"
" our latest updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:9
msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, "
"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install "
"and launch it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, download the latest image `here "
"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the "
"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to "
"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 "
"minutes for it to finish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:3
msgid "IoT Box not found"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:5
msgid ""
"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box"
" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you "
"can follow to find your IoT box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:10
msgid "HTTPS Issues"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:12
msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:14
msgid ""
"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts "
"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may"
" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:19
msgid ""
"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to "
"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image "
"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here "
"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3
msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS"
msgstr ""

16
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
View File

@ -10,9 +10,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid "Live Chat"
msgstr "Live Chat"
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8
msgid "Chat in live with website visitors"
msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10
@ -124,15 +124,15 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92
msgid ""
"In practice, the conversations initiated by the visitors will appear in the "
"Discuss module and will also pop up as a direct message. Therefore, "
"inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo."
"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in "
"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be "
"answered wherever you are in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96
msgid ""
"If there several operators in charge of a channel, the system will dispatch "
"sessions randomly between them."
"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system "
"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100

92
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
View File

@ -9,9 +9,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -26,95 +26,17 @@ msgid "Mobile"
msgstr "Mobil"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging"
msgid "Push Notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
msgid ""
"In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API "
"key."
"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push "
"notifications in the mobile app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
msgid ""
"If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or "
"Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android "
"app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18
msgid ""
"The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22
msgid "Firebase Settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25
msgid "Create a new project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27
msgid ""
"First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to "
"`https://console.firebase.google.com "
"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ and create a new project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34
msgid ""
"Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create "
"project**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37
msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39
msgid ""
"You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43
msgid "Add an app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45
msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50
msgid ""
"You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will "
"not work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56
msgid ""
"No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and "
"skip the fourth step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60
msgid "Get generated API key"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62
msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67
msgid ""
"In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** "
"that you need to set in Odoo General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74
msgid "Settings in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76
msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging."
"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification "
"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked."
msgstr ""

502
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
View File

@ -12,9 +12,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:9
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10
#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration"
@ -66,209 +66,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21
msgid "You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD HYPERLINK)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:25
msgid "Add barcodes to product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:27
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a "
"product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:30
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26
msgid ""
"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you "
"can input any barcode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:37
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33
msgid "Scanning products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:39
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35
msgid ""
"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The "
"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple "
"times or change the quantity manually on the screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3
msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting "
"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They "
"allow you to scan discount barcodes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10
msgid ""
"To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner, you can see the"
" documentation about it `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d"
"/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:15
msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
msgstr "Stregkode plan"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:17
msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:19
msgid ""
"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following "
"barcode:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS "
"interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34
msgid ""
"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode "
"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) "
"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43
msgid "Scan the products & tags"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45
msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:50
msgid ""
"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can "
"finish the transaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3
msgid "Manage a loyalty program"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:5
msgid ""
"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a "
"*Loyalty Program*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:11
msgid ""
"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. "
"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:19
msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a "
"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole "
"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and "
"everything in between."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:30
msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:32
msgid ""
"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the "
"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent "
"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the "
"rules defined in the loyalty program."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can"
" finalize the order in your usual way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:49
msgid ""
"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You "
"can of course change it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3
msgid "Apply manual discounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest "
"solution for your Point of Sale."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8
msgid ""
"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:12
msgid "Apply a discount on a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:14
msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:19
msgid ""
"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is "
"currently selected and the discount will be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:23
msgid "Apply a global discount"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25
msgid ""
"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:28
msgid ""
"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:34
msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:39
msgid ""
"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:44
msgid ""
"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific "
"product discount also at 50%."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3
msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury"
msgstr ""
@ -426,7 +249,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10
msgid ""
"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13
@ -434,18 +257,250 @@ msgid ""
"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:20
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17
msgid ""
"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the "
"receipt printer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23
msgid "Reprint a receipt"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:22
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25
msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30
msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Pricing Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3
msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting "
"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They "
"allow you to scan discount barcodes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10
msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13
msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
msgstr "Stregkode plan"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15
msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17
msgid ""
"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following "
"barcode:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS "
"interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32
msgid ""
"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode "
"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) "
"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41
msgid "Scan the products & tags"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43
msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48
msgid ""
"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can "
"finish the transaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3
msgid "Manage a loyalty program"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5
msgid ""
"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a "
"*Loyalty Program*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11
msgid ""
"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. "
"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19
msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a "
"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole "
"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and "
"everything in between."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30
msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32
msgid ""
"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the "
"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent "
"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the "
"rules defined in the loyalty program."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can"
" finalize the order in your usual way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49
msgid ""
"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You "
"can of course change it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3
msgid "Apply manual discounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest "
"solution for your Point of Sale."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8
msgid ""
"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12
msgid "Apply a discount on a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14
msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19
msgid ""
"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is "
"currently selected and the discount will be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23
msgid "Apply a global discount"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25
msgid ""
"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28
msgid ""
"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34
msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39
msgid ""
"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44
msgid ""
"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific "
"product discount also at 50%."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3
msgid "Apply time-limited discounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5
msgid ""
"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or "
"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a "
"pricing strategy tailored to your business."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12
msgid ""
"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales "
"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18
msgid ""
"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and "
"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking"
" on *Pricelists*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23
msgid "Create a pricelist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25
msgid ""
"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to "
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31
msgid ""
"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. "
"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You "
"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the "
"whole range."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37
msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39
msgid ""
"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly "
"select the right pricelist."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3
msgid "Analyze sales"
msgstr ""
@ -887,35 +942,36 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16
msgid ""
"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*."
" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:19
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20
msgid "Add a printer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:21
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22
msgid ""
"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where"
" you can add the printer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:28
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29
msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:33
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34
msgid "Select or create a printer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:36
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37
msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:38
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39
msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44
msgid ""
"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer."
msgstr ""
@ -1111,7 +1167,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28
msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment."
msgstr ""
@ -1316,55 +1372,3 @@ msgid ""
"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have "
"to process the payment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3
msgid "Apply time-limited discounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:5
msgid ""
"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or "
"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a "
"pricing strategy tailored to your business."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:12
msgid ""
"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales "
"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:18
msgid ""
"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and "
"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking"
" on *Pricelists*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23
msgid "Create a pricelist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25
msgid ""
"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to "
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31
msgid ""
"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. "
"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You "
"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the "
"whole range."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:37
msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:39
msgid ""
"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly "
"select the right pricelist."
msgstr ""

94
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
View File

@ -10,9 +10,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -28,16 +28,16 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
msgid ""
"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your "
"Subscriptions."
"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and "
"subscriptions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
msgid ""
"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just "
"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just"
" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
@ -47,23 +47,23 @@ msgstr "Tilbud"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
msgid ""
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to "
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
msgid ""
"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that"
" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you "
"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful "
"information."
"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is "
"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on "
"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the "
"pricing and other useful information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
msgid ""
"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the "
"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the "
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"."
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
@ -72,13 +72,13 @@ msgstr "Salgsordre"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
msgid ""
"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. "
"will be registered under this section."
"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be"
" registered under this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
msgid ""
"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products "
"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products "
"purchased and process the payment."
msgstr ""
@ -88,15 +88,15 @@ msgstr "Fakturaer"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
msgid ""
"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, "
"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate "
"you if the invoice has been paid."
"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in "
"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has"
" been paid."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
msgid ""
"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice or download a PDF version of the document."
"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
@ -105,64 +105,64 @@ msgstr "Opgaver"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
msgid ""
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find "
"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our "
"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)."
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`,"
" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have "
"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and "
"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76
msgid "Subscriptions"
msgstr "Abonnementer"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78
msgid ""
"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first "
"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first "
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84
msgid ""
"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding"
" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing "
"information and the payment method."
"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding "
"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, "
"and the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88
msgid ""
"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"the new credit card details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94
msgid ""
"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on "
"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on "
"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by "
"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click"
" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101
msgid ""
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will "
"no longer be able to access the database."
" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will"
" no longer be able to access the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108
msgid "Success Packs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
msgid ""
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115
msgid ""
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
":ref:`db_online`"

12
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
View File

@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -211,9 +211,13 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39
msgid ""
"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time "
"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module."
" Simply go into the application module and install the following:"
"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a"
" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time "
"spent on that task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41
msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47

320
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14
@ -546,324 +546,54 @@ msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3
msgid "Control supplier bills"
msgstr ""
msgid "Bill Control"
msgstr "Fakturakontrol"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5
msgid ""
"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, "
"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place."
"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill"
" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after"
" you receive the goods."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12
msgid ""
"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you "
"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased"
" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase "
"management processes."
"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration "
"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13
msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20
msgid "Change the control policy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22
msgid ""
"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your "
"vendor(s)."
"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can"
" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product "
"page under the *Purchase* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase "
"Order (PO)**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21
msgid ""
"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any "
"stockable products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24
msgid ""
"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with "
"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27
msgid ""
"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or "
"only one."
"You might want to use different settings for different types of products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34
msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications"
msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36
msgid ""
"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and "
"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will "
"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41
msgid "Creating products"
"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the "
"*Shipment* tab,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43
msgid ""
"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing "
"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**,"
" and click **Create**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50
msgid ""
"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as "
"it is important:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53
msgid ""
"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to "
"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management "
"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58
msgid ""
"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** "
"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no "
"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either "
"of these designations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64
msgid ""
"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all "
"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or "
"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product"
" type to **Service**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70
msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73
msgid "Purchasing products or services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75
msgid ""
"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many "
"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation "
"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor "
"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the "
"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor "
"Reference)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85
msgid ""
"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** "
"application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89
msgid "Receiving Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91
msgid ""
"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, "
"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application "
"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you "
"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This "
"button is outlined in red below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100
msgid ""
"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be "
"received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106
msgid ""
"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in"
" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the "
"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known"
" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to "
"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item"
" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive "
"the products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117
msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120
msgid "Managing Vendor Bills"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122
msgid ""
"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to "
"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You "
"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130
msgid ""
"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to "
"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated "
"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify "
"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When "
"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced "
"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that "
"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate "
"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor "
"reference number or your internal purchase order number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144
msgid ""
"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need"
" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149
msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151
msgid ""
"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the "
"products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154
msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156
msgid ""
"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate "
"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If "
"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this"
" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and"
" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you"
" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165
msgid "Vendor Bill Matching"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168
msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170
msgid ""
"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what "
"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several "
"reasons:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174
msgid ""
"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you"
" have not ordered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177
msgid ""
"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet,"
" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181
msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183
msgid ""
"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any "
"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you "
"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187
msgid ""
"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this "
"could be due to one of a few reasons:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190
msgid ""
"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is"
" not going to appear anywhere in the selection."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193
msgid ""
"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196
msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199
msgid "How product quantities are managed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201
msgid ""
"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while "
"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204
msgid ""
"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received "
"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** "
"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to"
" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase "
"Bills**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213
msgid ""
"You can then change the default management method for the selected product "
"to be based on either:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216
msgid "Ordered quantities"
msgstr "Bestilt antal"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218
msgid "Received quantities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221
msgid "Batch Billing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223
msgid ""
"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, "
"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the "
"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the "
"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to"
" all the appropriate purchase orders."
"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be "
"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of"
" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received "
"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3

113
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

@ -13,9 +13,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -742,129 +742,152 @@ msgid ""
" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo "
"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to "
"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order "
"quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only suggest prices, "
"they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing"
" strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
"quantity and get a price break), etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16
msgid "Several prices per product"
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9
msgid ""
"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors "
"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from "
":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18
msgid ""
"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use "
"default product price ;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19
msgid ""
"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per "
"products ;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20
msgid ""
"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins "
"and roundings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23
msgid "Several prices per product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25
msgid ""
"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer "
"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab "
"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30
msgid "Prices per customer segment"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32
msgid ""
"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37
msgid ""
"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To "
"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale "
"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45
msgid "Temporary prices"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47
msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53
msgid ""
"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals "
"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57
msgid "Prices per minimum quantity"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63
msgid ""
"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first "
"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67
msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69
msgid ""
"The third option allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative "
"to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another "
"pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be "
"forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). "
"Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either "
"(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)."
"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. "
"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost "
"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or "
"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and "
"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar"
" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76
msgid ""
"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`"
" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use "
"e-Commerce)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84
msgid ""
"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product "
"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second"
" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91
msgid ""
"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and "
"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93
msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95
msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100
msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103
msgid "Discounts with roundings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105
msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111
msgid "Costs with markups (retail)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113
msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119
msgid "Prices per country"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120
msgid ""
"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo "
"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the "
@ -872,39 +895,39 @@ msgid ""
"pricelist without any country group."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123
msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125
msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128
msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130
msgid ""
"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount"
" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132
msgid ""
"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> "
"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133
msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140
msgid ":doc:`currencies`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141
msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
msgstr ""
@ -1016,7 +1039,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5
msgid ""
"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline; Both to"
"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to"
" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer "
"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a "
"price that is no longer cost effective for you."
@ -1044,7 +1067,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29
msgid "On your customer side, they will see this."
msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3

683
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/support.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,683 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard <hhg@gabelgaard.org>, 2019
# Morten Schou <ms@msteknik.dk>, 2019
# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:35+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: da\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../support.rst:5
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Support"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6
msgid "Supported versions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11
msgid ""
"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes "
"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not "
"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17
msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19
msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21
msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "Odoo.sh"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "On-Premise"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "Release date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
msgid "**Odoo 13.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "🟢"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
msgid "October 2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "N/A"
msgstr "- Ikke angivet -"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
msgid "August 2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
msgid "**Odoo 12.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
msgid "October 2018"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
msgid "April 2018"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "**Odoo 11.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "October 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "🟠"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
msgid "March 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
msgid "January 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
msgid "**Odoo 10.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "🔴"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
msgid "October 2016"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
msgid "May 2016"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
msgid "**Odoo 9.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
msgid "October 2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
msgid "February 2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "**Odoo 8.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "September 2014"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54
msgid "🟢 Supported version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56
msgid "🔴 End-of-support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58
msgid "N/A Never released for this platform"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60
msgid ""
"🟠 Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online "
"servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62
msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:66
msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:68
msgid ""
"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:70
msgid ""
"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:72
msgid ""
"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6
msgid "Contribute to the documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9
msgid "First of all..."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11
msgid ""
"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user "
"documentation of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15
msgid "Edit an existing page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17
msgid ""
"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub "
"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-"
"account>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18
msgid ""
"Pick a page in our `user documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing "
"the right version of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19
msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25
msgid ""
"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork "
"repository**, else you won't see this step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26
msgid ""
"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax "
"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's "
"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a "
"quick overview of RST commands."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32
msgid ""
"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable"
" format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38
msgid ""
"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your "
"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the "
"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a "
"longer explanation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44
msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45
msgid "Click on **Create pull request**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46
msgid ""
"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your "
"help!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49
msgid ""
"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51
msgid ""
"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in "
"your contribution message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55
msgid "RST Cheat Sheet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57
msgid ""
"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Code"
msgstr "Kode"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Display"
msgstr "Vis"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Comments"
msgstr "Bemærkninger"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62
msgid "Text in *italics*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66
msgid "Text in **bold** letters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
msgid "Numbered"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77
msgid "Bullet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78
msgid "List"
msgstr "Liste"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
msgid ""
"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard "
"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90
msgid ""
"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation "
"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of "
"RST."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94
msgid "Add images to your documents"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98
msgid ""
"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the "
"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on "
"improving this."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101
msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103
msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104
msgid ""
"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large"
" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106
msgid ""
"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include "
"any personal data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108
msgid ""
"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page "
"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109
msgid ""
"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117
msgid "Submit your changes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128
msgid "Technical Details for Nerds"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130
msgid ""
"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository "
"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request "
"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133
msgid ""
"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-"
"user/blob/12.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138
msgid "Developer documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140
msgid ""
"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside "
"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/12.0/doc>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143
msgid ""
"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related "
"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36
msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12
msgid "5 days a week"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives "
"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44
msgid "Import of documents into your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48
msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49
msgid ""
"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, "
"etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6
msgid "Where to find help?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10
msgid "Odoo Enterprise"
msgstr "Odoo Enterprise"
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12
msgid ""
"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our "
"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no "
"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own "
"server)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14
msgid "Please include in your request:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
msgid "your subscription number,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17
msgid ""
"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also "
"send the URL of your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19
msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23
msgid "Odoo Community"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30
msgid ""
"Ask your question on the `community forum "
"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
msgid ""
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and "
"bugfix services."
msgstr ""

1838
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

13131
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

22
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../applications.rst:3
msgid "Applications"
msgstr ""

1150
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

780
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,780 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8
msgid "Online Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10
msgid ""
"To manage your databases, access the `database management page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then "
"click on the `Manage Your Databases "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18
msgid ""
"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to"
" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22
msgid "Several actions are available:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
msgid ""
"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge "
"features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32
msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31
msgid ""
"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new "
"flows without compromising your daily operations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34
msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35
msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
msgid "**Backup**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
msgid ""
"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases "
"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42
msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43
msgid "Delete a database instantly"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
msgid "Contact Support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45
msgid ""
"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct "
"database already selected"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
msgid "Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
msgid ""
"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation "
"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test"
" the process before upgrading your production database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57
msgid ""
"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading "
"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online "
"experience."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
msgid ""
"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps "
"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In "
"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user"
" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, "
"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
msgid ""
"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade "
"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least "
"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps "
"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. "
"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order "
"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of "
"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74
msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76
msgid "You request a test upgrade"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
msgid ""
"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79
msgid ""
"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the "
"same."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
msgid ""
"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and "
"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84
msgid ""
"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the "
"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87
msgid ""
"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. "
"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94
msgid ""
"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will "
"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
"released a more recent version during your tests)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
msgid ""
"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be "
"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a "
"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead"
" and asking another request will not be possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108
msgid ""
"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it "
"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test "
"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be "
"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent "
"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be "
"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you "
"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116
msgid ""
"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**"
" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work "
"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might "
"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you "
"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make "
"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your "
"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124
msgid ""
"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade"
" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading "
"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being "
"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
msgid ""
"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click "
"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button "
"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new "
"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes"
" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once "
"the process is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
msgid ""
"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between "
"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your "
"migration during non-business hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146
msgid "Duplicating a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial "
"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" "
"database can duplicate without problem."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
msgid ""
"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a"
" database, all external communication will remain active:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165
msgid ""
"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for "
"example)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170
msgid "Etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172
msgid ""
"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these "
"behaviours to be disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187
msgid "Rename a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189
msgid ""
"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you "
"want to rename, access the `database management page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have "
"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200
msgid "Deleting a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202
msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204
msgid ""
"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The "
"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant "
"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily "
"backup may be several hours old at that point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210
msgid ""
"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, "
"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" "
"button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217
msgid ""
"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you "
"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload "
"automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227
msgid ""
"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229
msgid ""
"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a "
"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233
msgid ""
"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
msgid "On-premises Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
msgid "Register a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12
msgid ""
"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in "
"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before"
" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will"
" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-"
"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu "
"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20
msgid "Registration Error Message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22
msgid ""
"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this "
"message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143
msgid "Solutions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33
msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
msgid ""
"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account"
" Manager"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41
msgid ""
"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a "
"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
"database\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
msgid ""
"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database "
"as it will be deactivated shortly:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59
msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
msgid ""
"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64
msgid ""
"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
" Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear "
"specifying which database is problematic:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73
msgid ""
"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve "
"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section "
"<duplicate_premise>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76
msgid ""
"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each "
"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and "
"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80
msgid "Check your network and firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
msgid ""
"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation"
" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open "
"outgoing connections towards:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86
msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87
msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89
msgid ""
"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the "
"Update notification runs once a week."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95
msgid "Error message due to too many users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
msgid ""
"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106
msgid ""
"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
"countdown is updated everyday."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112
msgid ""
"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the "
"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115
msgid "or"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117
msgid ""
"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com "
"/documentation/user/12.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122
msgid ""
"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message "
"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification "
"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown,"
" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the "
"message disappear right away."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129
msgid "Database expired error message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131
msgid ""
"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your "
"subscription, you will encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139
msgid ""
"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30"
" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the "
"database is expired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
msgid ""
"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
"that"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146
msgid ""
"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be "
"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit "
"card payments are processed immediately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149
msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151
msgid ""
"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160
msgid "Duplicate a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
msgid ""
"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
"duplicate your database (among other things)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170
msgid ""
"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two "
"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or "
"registration problems down the line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179
msgid ""
"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "
"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to"
" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record "
"by clicking on it and using the edit button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
msgid "Users and Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9
msgid ""
"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. "
"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently "
"in use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13
msgid ""
"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) "
"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing "
"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your "
"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a "
"paying one on our online platform)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19
msgid ""
"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo "
"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise "
"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online"
" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
"installations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28
msgid ""
"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an "
"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our "
"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34
msgid "Deactivating Users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36
msgid ""
"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to "
"change the status of any of your users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section "
"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access "
"rights.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
msgid "|settings|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
msgid "|browse_users|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47
msgid "You'll then see the list of your users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52
msgid ""
"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different "
"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll "
"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57
msgid ""
"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as "
"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** "
"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change"
" to **Inactive** immediately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66
msgid "The user is now deactivated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68
msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71
msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73
msgid ""
"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
" installing/uninstalling apps)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able "
"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to"
" access the list of your installed applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
msgid "|browse_apps|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85
msgid ""
"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your "
"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the "
"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92
msgid ""
"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. "
"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what "
"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its "
"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will "
"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then"
" click **Confirm**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99
msgid ""
"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104
msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107
msgid "Good to know"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109
msgid ""
"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can "
"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to "
"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant "
"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we "
"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of "
"operations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115
msgid ""
"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install "
"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you "
"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to "
"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not "
"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature "
"to work properly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122
msgid ""
"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial "
"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "
"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices."
msgstr ""

658
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../discuss.rst:5
msgid "Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5
msgid ""
"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit"
" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike "
"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9
msgid ""
"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly "
"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system "
"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can "
"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's "
"reputation yourself."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
msgid ""
"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your "
"own email solution with Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18
msgid ""
"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from "
"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation "
"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-"
"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24
msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
msgid ""
"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the "
"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39
msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40
msgid ""
"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
msgid ""
"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure"
" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47
msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in "
"`Google documentation "
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
msgid ""
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
msgid ""
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62
msgid ""
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66
msgid ""
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69
msgid ""
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
"usually happens more quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
msgid ""
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77
msgid "Allow DKIM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
msgid ""
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to "
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have "
"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value "
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90
msgid ""
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
"alias (**catchall@**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94
msgid ""
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid "
"recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98
msgid ""
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101
msgid ""
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103
msgid ""
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105
msgid ""
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
"/project-management>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107
msgid ""
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
msgid "etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
msgid ""
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115
msgid ""
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to "
"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled "
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, "
"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour "
"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's "
"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to "
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138
msgid ""
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146
msgid ""
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"Fetchmail Service*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3
msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8
msgid ""
"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the "
"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically "
"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13
msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15
msgid ""
"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks"
" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to"
" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19
msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21
msgid ""
"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" "
"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at "
"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in"
" this field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25
msgid ""
"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following "
"the previous example you should write "
"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28
msgid ""
"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click "
"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33
msgid "Getting the API key and secret"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35
msgid ""
"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40
msgid ""
"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General "
"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the "
"settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3
msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**."
" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item "
"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item "
"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a "
"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a "
"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-"
"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or "
"another channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15
msgid "Direct messaging a user"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17
msgid ""
"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and "
"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the "
"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one "
"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using "
"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is "
"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user "
"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that "
"they are offline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28
msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30
msgid ""
"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new "
"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of"
" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on "
"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3
msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5
msgid ""
"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on "
"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you "
"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13
msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18
msgid ""
"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it "
"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or "
"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star "
"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters "
"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your "
"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with "
"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever "
"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily "
"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team "
"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one "
"simple and searchable interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3
msgid "Get organized by planning activities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5
msgid ""
"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get "
"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to "
"undertake."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9
msgid ""
"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage"
" your priorities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15
msgid ""
"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban "
"views. Here is an example for opportunities :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22
msgid "Set your activity types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24
msgid ""
"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. "
"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29
msgid "Schedule meetings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31
msgid ""
"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with "
"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply "
"open to let you select a time slot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36
msgid ""
"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure "
"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40
msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42
msgid ""
"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common "
"following steps as *Recommended next activities*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49
msgid ""
"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. "
"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55
msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3
msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, "
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see,"
" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12
msgid "Creating a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14
msgid ""
"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17
msgid ""
"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write "
"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a "
"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only "
"visible to users who have been invited to this channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24
msgid ""
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas"
" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to "
"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive "
"information)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31
msgid "Configuring a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33
msgid ""
"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic "
"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`."
" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view "
"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or"
" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to "
"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would"
" a public channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47
msgid "How to set up a mailing list"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49
msgid ""
"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within "
":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like"
" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive "
"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear "
"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send "
"messages by email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57
msgid "Locating a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59
msgid ""
"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of "
"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by"
" clicking the plus icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66
msgid ""
"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public "
"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public "
"channels from a single screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71
msgid ""
"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to "
"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76
msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78
msgid ""
"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function "
"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and "
"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by "
"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single "
"character wildcard.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7
msgid ""
"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity,"
" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14
msgid "How to choose the events to follow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15
msgid ""
"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The "
"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the "
"**Project** app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23
msgid "How to add other followers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel "
"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a"
" link back to the original document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34
msgid "How to be a default follower"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35
msgid ""
"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In "
"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any"
" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task "
"created, an opportunity won)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40
msgid ""
"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel"
" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear "
"about."
msgstr ""

1450
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

22
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../expenses.rst:5
msgid "Expenses"
msgstr ""

989
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,989 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../general.rst:5
msgid "General"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth.rst:3
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3
msgid "OAuth"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5
msgid ""
"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft "
"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
msgid ""
"Connect to your Google account and go to "
"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
msgid ""
"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
msgid ""
"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
msgid ""
"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
" save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
msgid ""
"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
"Client ID)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
msgid ""
"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
msgid ""
"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste"
" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
"Then click on **Create**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
msgid ""
"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3
msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5
msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7
msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15
msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20
msgid ""
"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port "
"it listens to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22
msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27
msgid ""
"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query"
" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32
msgid ""
"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP "
"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34
msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39
msgid ""
"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a "
"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41
msgid ""
"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If "
"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
msgid "Data Import"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3
msgid "How to adapt an import template"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5
msgid ""
"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to "
"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with "
"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, "
"etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11
msgid "How to customize the file"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13
msgid ""
"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why"
" here below)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26
msgid ""
"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20
msgid ""
"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the "
"corresponding field using the search."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27
msgid ""
"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it "
"work straight away the very next time you try to import."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31
msgid "Why an “ID” column"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33
msgid ""
"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel "
"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36
msgid ""
"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38
msgid ""
"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating "
"duplicates;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39
msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42
msgid "How to import relation fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44
msgid ""
"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is "
"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those "
"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from "
"their own list menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID "
"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / "
"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product "
"Attributes / Attribute / ID)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3
msgid "How to import data into Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6
msgid "How to start"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7
msgid ""
"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)"
" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries"
" and even orders!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11
msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16
msgid ""
"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own "
"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is "
"already done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22
msgid "How to adapt the template"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31
msgid ""
"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new "
"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the "
"corresponding field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39
msgid ""
"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight "
"on the very next time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
msgid "How to import from another application"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
msgid ""
"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should "
"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the "
"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that "
"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original "
"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will"
" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
msgid ""
"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to "
"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it "
"whenever possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60
msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62
msgid ""
"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the "
"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if "
"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type "
"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior "
"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes "
"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by"
" default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71
msgid ""
"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation "
"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the "
"complete list of fields for each column."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79
msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
msgid ""
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to "
"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While "
"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be "
"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is "
"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is "
"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
msgid ""
"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the "
"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file "
"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using"
" the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
msgid ""
"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to "
"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is"
" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo "
"whatever your locale date format is."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93
msgid ""
"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as"
" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also "
"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can "
"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not "
"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will "
"crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
msgid ""
"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97
msgid "32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
msgid "32000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99
msgid "32,000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
msgid "-32000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
msgid "(32000.00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
msgid "$ 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
msgid "(32000.00 €)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
msgid "Example that will not work:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
msgid ""
"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and "
"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these "
"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse"
" CSV file bar after you select your file)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117
msgid ""
"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
"your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122
msgid ""
"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
"application?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124
msgid ""
"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's "
"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We "
"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to "
"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
"filter settings' > Save)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126
msgid ""
"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131
msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133
msgid ""
"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the "
"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you"
" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the "
"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 "
"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
"import."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
msgid ""
"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
"different fields to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138
msgid ""
"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
"postgresql column"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
msgid ""
"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
" (or the .XML file that imported it)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
msgid "Country: Belgium"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144
msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145
msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147
msgid ""
"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
"according to your need:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149
msgid ""
"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
" have been created manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
msgid ""
"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly "
"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you "
"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique "
"Database ID)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
msgid ""
"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
"party application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153
msgid ""
"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\""
" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will "
"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like "
"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for "
"Products and their Categories."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
msgid ""
"`CSV file for categories "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Products "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163
msgid ""
"If for example you have two product categories with the child name "
"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import "
"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they "
"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product "
"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of "
"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165
msgid ""
"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
"'Category'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
msgid ""
"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
"multiple tags)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
msgid ""
"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if"
" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and "
"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column"
" of your CSV file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
msgid ""
"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
"Sales Order)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181
msgid ""
"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order"
" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order "
"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. "
"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any "
"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is "
"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
"you can import, based on demo data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184
msgid ""
"`File for some Quotations "
"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
"respective purchase order lines:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188
msgid ""
"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
"contacts:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192
msgid ""
"`Customers and their respective contacts "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199
msgid ""
"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or "
"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified "
"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import "
"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between "
"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record "
"depending if it's new or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
msgid ""
"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206
msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208
msgid ""
"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default "
"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values "
"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of "
"assigning the default value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215
msgid ""
"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate "
"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import"
" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each "
"person and the company they work for)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
msgid ""
"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" "
"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier"
" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique "
"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219
msgid ""
"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to "
"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you "
"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for."
" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a "
"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
"PostgreSQL database</a>)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221
msgid ""
"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
" the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234
msgid ""
"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
"following SQL command in PSQL:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248
msgid ""
"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees "
"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation"
" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the "
"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to "
"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250
msgid ""
"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any "
"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 "
"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first "
"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
msgid "Basics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
msgid "How to add a user"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given "
"point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9
msgid "Add individual users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11
msgid ""
"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`"
" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the "
"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -"
" and a picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access "
"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23
msgid ""
"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an "
"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click"
" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
msgid ""
"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. "
"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39
msgid ""
"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above "
"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and "
"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link"
" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights "
"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
msgid ""
"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47
msgid "Todo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47
msgid "Add link to How to add companies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and"
" each user can use Odoo in his own language ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9
msgid "Load your desired language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11
msgid ""
"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo "
"instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14
msgid ""
"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of"
" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, "
"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23
msgid ""
"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option"
" to change the navigation language on your website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27
msgid "Change your language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29
msgid ""
"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-"
"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36
msgid ""
"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click "
"**SAVE.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42
msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45
msgid "Change another user's language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47
msgid ""
"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred "
"language."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50
msgid ""
"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users "
"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you "
"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the "
"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can"
" change the Language to any previously installed language and click "
"**SAVE.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61
msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3
msgid "Unsplash"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3
msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6
msgid ""
"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow"
" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo"
" Unsplash key in a transparent way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9
msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11
msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to your `applications dashboard "
"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New "
"Application**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18
msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a "
"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so "
"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on "
"**Create application**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28
msgid ""
"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit"
" to find your **access key**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34
msgid ""
"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production "
"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of "
"50 Unsplash requests per hour."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37
msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3
msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6
msgid ""
"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this "
"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8
msgid ""
"Go to your `applications dashboard "
"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created "
"Unsplash application under **Your applications**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13
msgid ""
"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application "
"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like"
" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19
msgid ""
"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production "
"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash "
"requests per hour restriction."
msgstr ""

381
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
msgid ""
"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack "
"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our "
"product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12
msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14
msgid ""
"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate "
"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person"
" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the"
" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
msgid ""
"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From"
" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency"
" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good "
"practices."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25
msgid ""
"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible"
" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention "
"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business "
"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
msgid ""
"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the "
"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise "
"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an"
" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are"
" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those "
"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39
msgid ""
"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional "
"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his "
"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary "
"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-"
"learning via the `Odoo documentation "
"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning "
"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the "
"testing of functionalities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
msgid "2. Project Scope"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49
msgid ""
"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is "
"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the "
"project implementation is pursuing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53
msgid ""
"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of "
"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. "
"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of "
"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more"
" clear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59
msgid ""
"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent "
"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo"
" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This "
"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in "
"the implementation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
msgid ""
"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great "
"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more "
"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard "
"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project"
" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid "
"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software "
"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an "
"experiment of the standard in production."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80
msgid "3. Managing expectations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
msgid ""
"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of "
"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into"
" account from the beginning of the project:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86
msgid ""
"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and "
"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation,"
" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo "
"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time "
"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly "
"check that this is still the case."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94
msgid ""
"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal "
"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them"
" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs "
"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an"
" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the "
"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining "
"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio "
"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be "
"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a "
"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed "
"to pursue this same objective."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108
msgid ""
"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and "
"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to "
"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of "
"tools\\* :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113
msgid ""
"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard "
"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be "
"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118
msgid ""
"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities "
"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, "
"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126
msgid ""
"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A "
"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main "
"lines of expected changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
msgid ""
"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with"
" the changes related to the interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133
msgid ""
"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and "
"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project "
"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the "
"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without "
"verifying its veracity beforehand."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139
msgid ""
"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more "
"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143
msgid "4. Communication Strategy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145
msgid ""
"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of "
"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the "
"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to "
"follow those principles:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150
msgid ""
"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure "
"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to "
"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project "
"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be "
"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the"
" manager are clearly defined."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158
msgid ""
"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both "
"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162
msgid ""
"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation "
"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166
msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168
msgid ""
"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is "
"reached;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171
msgid ""
"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175
msgid "5. Customizations and Development"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
msgid ""
"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution "
"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast "
"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182
msgid ""
"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be "
"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis,"
" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant "
"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an"
" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted "
"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid "
"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties."
" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development "
"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see "
"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194
msgid ""
"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to "
"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of"
" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator"
" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the "
"business processes of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204
msgid ""
"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to"
" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational "
"needs of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
msgid ""
"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible "
"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the "
"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the "
"requirements of the operational reality."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
msgid ""
"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the "
"noted gap is caused by:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218
msgid ""
"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is "
"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
msgid "**or**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222
msgid ""
"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational "
"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
msgid "7. Data Imports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228
msgid ""
"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must "
"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, "
"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, "
"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, "
"it will be decided :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234
msgid ""
"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, "
"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, "
"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239
msgid ""
"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When "
"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, "
"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information "
"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the"
" import will be made before the production launch."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246
msgid ""
"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be "
"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these "
"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the "
"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253
msgid "8. Support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255
msgid ""
"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your "
"questions or technical issues."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`."
msgstr ""

393
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9
msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11
msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13
msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19
msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21
msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26
msgid ""
"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in"
" the purple bar and select \"Settings\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32
msgid ""
"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team,"
" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. "
"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced,"
" or manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38
msgid "How to set up different stages for each team"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40
msgid ""
"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
"the lower right-hand side."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
msgid ""
"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams "
"allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
msgid "Start receiving tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
msgid ""
"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
msgid ""
"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
msgid ""
"Website Form allows your customer to go to "
"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
"form - much like odoo.com/help!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
msgid ""
"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
msgid ""
"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
"documentation `*here* "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91
msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93
msgid ""
"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by "
"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
msgid ""
"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
msgid ""
"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108
msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110
msgid ""
"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
"Kanban view or on the ticket form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
msgid ""
"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
"activate the setting under \"Settings\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
msgid ""
"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
msgid ""
"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
msgid "Grey - Normal State"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
msgid "Red - Blocked"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
msgid ""
"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
"Ticket form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
msgid ""
"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
"timesheets will log against."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
msgid ""
"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
msgid ""
"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
"ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
msgid ""
"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
"an email to the customer asking how their service went."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3
msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5
msgid ""
"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance "
"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time "
"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11
msgid "The modules needed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13
msgid ""
"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are "
"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of "
"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19
msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22
msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24
msgid ""
"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to "
":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that "
"the *Timesheets* feature is activated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for "
"it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35
msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37
msgid ""
"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> "
"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an "
"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to"
" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have "
"previously created as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47
msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49
msgid ""
"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to "
":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the"
" *Units of Measure* feature is activated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. "
"Make sure that the product is set as a service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63
msgid ""
"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any "
"unit will do."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66
msgid ""
"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the "
"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following "
"configuration :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73
msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76
msgid "Solve issues and record time spent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79
msgid "Step 1 : place an order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81
msgid ""
"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from "
"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> "
"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously"
" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm "
"the sale."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91
msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93
msgid ""
"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new "
"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with"
" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question"
" and select the task on its form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102
msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104
msgid ""
"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours "
"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the "
"*Timesheets* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112
msgid ""
"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the "
"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116
msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118
msgid ""
"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that"
" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now "
"appear as the delivered quantity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125
msgid ""
"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then "
"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !"
msgstr ""

22
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../index.rst:3
msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
msgstr ""

7752
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

440
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../iot.rst:5
msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3
msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5
msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10
msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15
msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21
msgid "Ethernet Connection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23
msgid ""
"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables"
" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26
msgid "Power on the IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28
msgid "Then click on the Scan button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34
msgid "WiFi Connection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36
msgid "Power on the IoT Box"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38
msgid "Copy the token"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43
msgid ""
"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable "
"plugged in your computer)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49
msgid ""
"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect "
"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) "
"and paste the token, then click on next."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57
msgid ""
"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token "
"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-"
"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become "
"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63
msgid ""
"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if "
"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being "
"redirected to your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70
msgid "You should now see the IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76
msgid "IoT Box Schema"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:3
msgid "Flashing your SD Card"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from"
" our latest updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:9
msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, "
"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install "
"and launch it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, download the latest image `here "
"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the "
"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to "
"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 "
"minutes for it to finish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:3
msgid "IoT Box not found"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:5
msgid ""
"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box"
" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you "
"can follow to find your IoT box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:10
msgid "HTTPS Issues"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:12
msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:14
msgid ""
"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts "
"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may"
" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:19
msgid ""
"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to "
"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image "
"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here "
"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3
msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11
msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13
msgid "An IoT Box"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15
msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17
msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19
msgid ""
"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps "
"installed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22
msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24
msgid ""
"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer "
"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28
msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30
msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32
msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35
msgid "Set Up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37
msgid ""
"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to "
"your database. For this, follow this `documentation "
"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44
msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46
msgid ""
"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware"
" might work as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50
msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53
msgid ""
"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an "
"RJ25 cable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56
msgid ""
"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode"
" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be "
"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter "
"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of "
"your barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62
msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64
msgid ""
"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. "
"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS "
"device."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68
msgid ""
"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure "
"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi "
"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available "
"on boot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73
msgid ""
"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in "
"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the"
" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77
msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80
msgid "Troubleshoot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83
msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85
msgid ""
"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on"
" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error"
" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no "
"receipt is printed, check the following steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91
msgid ""
"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status "
"LED."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94
msgid ""
"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green "
"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be "
"ready ~2 minutes after it is started."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98
msgid ""
"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. "
"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected "
"devices on your network router."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102
msgid ""
"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it"
" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106
msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108
msgid ""
"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from "
"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in"
" the POS configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113
msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115
msgid ""
"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after "
"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. "
"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120
msgid ""
"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If "
"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has "
"enough power."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124
msgid ""
"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work"
" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug"
" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129
msgid ""
"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode "
"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the "
"IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134
msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136
msgid ""
"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode "
"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140
msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142
msgid ""
"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do "
"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays "
"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS "
"and the IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148
msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150
msgid ""
"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently "
"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155
msgid "The printer is offline"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157
msgid ""
"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its "
"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please "
"contact support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162
msgid "The cashdrawer does not open"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164
msgid ""
"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in"
" the POS configuration."
msgstr ""

193
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5
msgid "Live Chat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8
msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10
msgid ""
"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website "
"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will "
"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way,"
" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You "
"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is "
"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21
msgid ""
"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\""
" and then click on install."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27
msgid ""
"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, "
"operators can easily join and leave the chat."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34
msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36
msgid ""
"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically "
"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->"
" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the "
"website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45
msgid "Add the live chat to an external website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47
msgid ""
"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and "
"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the "
"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers "
"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54
msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56
msgid ""
"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, "
"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language "
"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company"
" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length "
"of time it takes for the chat to appear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66
msgid "Prepare automatic messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68
msgid ""
"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed"
" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you"
" through the live chat."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76
msgid "Start chatting with customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78
msgid ""
"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel "
"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on "
"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. "
"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88
msgid ""
"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the "
"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92
msgid ""
"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in "
"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be "
"answered wherever you are in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96
msgid ""
"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system "
"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100
msgid "Use commands"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102
msgid ""
"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access "
"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands "
"into the chat. The following actions are available :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106
msgid "**/help** : show a helper message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108
msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110
msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112
msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114
msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116
msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119
msgid ""
"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was "
"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. "
"The same goes for the creation of a lead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124
msgid "Send canned responses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126
msgid ""
"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you "
"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of "
"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> "
"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then,"
" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you "
"assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136
msgid ""
"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website "
"visitors, enjoy !"
msgstr ""

516
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing Management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
msgid ""
"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component "
"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to "
"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM "
"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, "
"describe multiple variants of the same product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14
msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
msgid ""
"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing "
"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19
msgid ""
"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a "
"product and at least one component (components are considered products in "
"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on "
"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory "
"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have "
"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant "
"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of "
"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of "
"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29
msgid ""
"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. "
"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for "
"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** "
"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35
msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37
msgid ""
"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product "
"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be "
"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more "
"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
msgid ""
"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47
msgid ""
"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is "
"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**"
" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be "
"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at "
"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be "
"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58
msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
"primary product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
msgid ""
"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69
msgid ""
"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials "
"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any "
"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step "
"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78
msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
msgid ""
"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-"
"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your "
"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM "
"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
msgid ""
"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the "
"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing"
" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each "
"subassembly is created as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94
msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21
msgid ""
"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each "
"subassembly as you would for any product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29
msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31
msgid ""
"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes "
"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no "
"effect."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
msgid ""
"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the "
"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120
msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122
#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129
#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
msgid ""
"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
"variants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134
#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
msgid ""
"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. "
"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the "
"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
"Manufacturing apps must be installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
msgid ""
"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of "
"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
"step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18
msgid ""
"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation "
"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left "
"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
"right shows the corresponding delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24
msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29
msgid ""
"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, "
"create each component product as you would any other product, then create "
"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route "
"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the"
" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37
msgid ""
"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
"preference. The component products require no special configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44
msgid ""
"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit "
"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship "
"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
"their default values."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53
msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55
msgid ""
"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use"
" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a"
" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The "
"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
"will appear in your stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64
msgid ""
"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select "
"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales "
"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
"stock management."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72
msgid ""
"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture "
"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
" order rather than a packing operation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3
msgid "How to process a manufacturing order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8
msgid ""
"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way "
"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing "
"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise "
"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing "
"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, "
"performed in an order defined by **routings**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17
msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19
msgid ""
"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the "
"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in "
"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by "
"work orders and routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24
msgid ""
"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There "
"are two basic phases from planning to production:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52
msgid "Create manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29
msgid "Record Production"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32
msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34
msgid ""
"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage"
" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and "
"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create "
"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41
msgid ""
"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is "
"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity "
"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45
msgid ""
"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When "
"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component "
"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added"
" step of scheduling work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50
msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54
msgid "Schedule the associated work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56
msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3
msgid "Unbuild a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be "
"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can"
" unbuild products you have received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9
msgid ""
"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one "
"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead "
"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the "
"product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14
msgid ""
"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of "
"unbuilding them and recycling them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18
msgid "Unbuild Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20
msgid ""
"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the"
" menu *Unbuild Orders*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26
msgid ""
"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding "
"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding "
"something you received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33
msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35
msgid ""
"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the "
"components from the MO back in stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38
msgid ""
"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the "
"BoM back in stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5
msgid "Repair Management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3
msgid "Repair products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5
msgid ""
"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process "
"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a "
"defect."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10
msgid "Create a Repair Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a "
"new one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19
msgid "Manage a repair"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21
msgid ""
"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*."
" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the "
"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you"
" might need, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29
msgid ""
"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your "
"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be "
"able to start & end the repair when it is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36
msgid "You can now invoice the repair."
msgstr ""

38
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5
msgid "Mobile"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
msgid "Push Notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
msgid ""
"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push "
"notifications in the mobile app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
msgid ""
"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification "
"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked."
msgstr ""

1367
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

164
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6
msgid "My Odoo Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
msgid ""
"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and "
"subscriptions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
msgid ""
"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just"
" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
msgid "Quotations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
msgid ""
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to "
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
msgid ""
"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is "
"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on "
"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the "
"pricing and other useful information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
msgid ""
"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the "
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
msgid "Sales Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
msgid ""
"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be"
" registered under this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
msgid ""
"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products "
"purchased and process the payment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
msgid "Invoices"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
msgid ""
"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in "
"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has"
" been paid."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
msgid ""
"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
msgid "Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
msgid ""
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`,"
" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have "
"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and "
"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76
msgid "Subscriptions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78
msgid ""
"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first "
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84
msgid ""
"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding "
"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, "
"and the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88
msgid ""
"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"the new credit card details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94
msgid ""
"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by "
"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click"
" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101
msgid ""
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will"
" no longer be able to access the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108
msgid "Success Packs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
msgid ""
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115
msgid ""
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
":ref:`db_online`"
msgstr ""

22
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../practical.rst:3
msgid "Practical Information"
msgstr ""

1593
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1718
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

22
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../recruitment.rst:5
msgid "Recruitment"
msgstr ""

1419
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

676
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,676 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:35+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../support.rst:5
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6
msgid "Supported versions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11
msgid ""
"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes "
"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not "
"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17
msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19
msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21
msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "Odoo.sh"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "On-Premise"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "Release date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
msgid "**Odoo 13.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "🟢"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
msgid "October 2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "N/A"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
msgid "August 2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
msgid "**Odoo 12.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
msgid "October 2018"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
msgid "April 2018"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "**Odoo 11.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "October 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "🟠"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
msgid "March 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
msgid "January 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
msgid "**Odoo 10.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "🔴"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
msgid "October 2016"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
msgid "May 2016"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
msgid "**Odoo 9.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
msgid "October 2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
msgid "February 2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "**Odoo 8.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "September 2014"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54
msgid "🟢 Supported version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56
msgid "🔴 End-of-support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58
msgid "N/A Never released for this platform"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60
msgid ""
"🟠 Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online "
"servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62
msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:66
msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:68
msgid ""
"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:70
msgid ""
"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:72
msgid ""
"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6
msgid "Contribute to the documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9
msgid "First of all..."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11
msgid ""
"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user "
"documentation of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15
msgid "Edit an existing page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17
msgid ""
"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub "
"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-"
"account>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18
msgid ""
"Pick a page in our `user documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing "
"the right version of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19
msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25
msgid ""
"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork "
"repository**, else you won't see this step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26
msgid ""
"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax "
"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's "
"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a "
"quick overview of RST commands."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32
msgid ""
"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable"
" format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38
msgid ""
"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your "
"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the "
"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a "
"longer explanation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44
msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45
msgid "Click on **Create pull request**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46
msgid ""
"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your "
"help!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49
msgid ""
"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51
msgid ""
"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in "
"your contribution message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55
msgid "RST Cheat Sheet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57
msgid ""
"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Code"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Display"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Comments"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62
msgid "Text in *italics*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66
msgid "Text in **bold** letters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
msgid "Numbered"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77
msgid "Bullet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78
msgid "List"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
msgid ""
"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard "
"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90
msgid ""
"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation "
"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of "
"RST."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94
msgid "Add images to your documents"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98
msgid ""
"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the "
"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on "
"improving this."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101
msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103
msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104
msgid ""
"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large"
" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106
msgid ""
"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include "
"any personal data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108
msgid ""
"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page "
"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109
msgid ""
"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117
msgid "Submit your changes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128
msgid "Technical Details for Nerds"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130
msgid ""
"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository "
"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request "
"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133
msgid ""
"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-"
"user/blob/12.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138
msgid "Developer documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140
msgid ""
"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside "
"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/12.0/doc>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143
msgid ""
"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related "
"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36
msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12
msgid "5 days a week"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives "
"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44
msgid "Import of documents into your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48
msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49
msgid ""
"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, "
"etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6
msgid "Where to find help?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10
msgid "Odoo Enterprise"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12
msgid ""
"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our "
"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no "
"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own "
"server)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14
msgid "Please include in your request:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
msgid "your subscription number,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17
msgid ""
"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also "
"send the URL of your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19
msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23
msgid "Odoo Community"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30
msgid ""
"Ask your question on the `community forum "
"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
msgid ""
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and "
"bugfix services."
msgstr ""

1854
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1792
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

41
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-03 08:44+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16
msgid ""
"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on "
"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on "
"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically."
msgstr ""
@ -158,42 +158,34 @@ msgstr "Crea una forma de contacto customizada"
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34
msgid ""
"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form "
"to contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your "
"website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the "
"system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, "
"etc...)"
"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These "
"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, "
"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43
msgid ""
"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in "
"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in "
"Odoo Enterprise."
msgstr ""
"Necesitarás instalar el módulo gratis *Constructor de Forma*. Sólo "
"disponible en Odoo Enterprise."
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52
msgid ""
"From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag the "
"form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you "
"wish."
"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode,"
" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the "
"fields you wish."
msgstr ""
"Tu forma de contrato puede ser de la página que quieras. En el modo edición,"
" arrastra la forma construcción y podrás añadir todos los campos que "
"quieras."
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59
msgid ""
"By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to "
"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to "
"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*."
msgstr ""
"Cualquier forma nueva enviará un email por defecto, puedes cambiar a "
"generación lead/oportunidad en *Cambiar parámetros de forma*"
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63
msgid ""
"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second information will"
" be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter."
"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be "
"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67
@ -202,13 +194,10 @@ msgstr "Genera leads en vez de oportunidades"
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69
msgid ""
"When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step before "
"assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM "
"settings and refer to :doc:`convert`."
"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before "
"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in "
"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`."
msgstr ""
"Al usar una forma de contacto, es aconsejable usar un paso de calificación "
"antes de asignar a las personas de ventas correctas. Para hacerlo, activa "
"*Leads* en ajustes de CRM y refiere a :doc:`convert`."
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3
msgid "Send quotations"

307
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
View File

@ -3,13 +3,19 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018
# Antonio Trueba, 2018
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Antonio Trueba, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@ -111,68 +117,152 @@ msgstr "Actualizar"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
msgid ""
"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the"
" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, "
"click on the \"Upgrade\" button."
"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation "
"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test"
" the process before upgrading your production database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57
msgid ""
"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading "
"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online "
"experience."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
msgid ""
"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will"
" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
"released a more recent version during your tests)."
"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps "
"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In "
"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user"
" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, "
"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
msgid ""
"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be "
"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will "
"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database."
"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade "
"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least "
"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps "
"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. "
"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order "
"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of "
"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73
msgid ""
"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test "
"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified "
"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74
msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76
msgid "You request a test upgrade"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
msgid ""
"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data "
"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual "
"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)."
"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79
msgid ""
"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the "
"same."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
msgid ""
"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, "
"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on "
"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production "
"database to the new version."
"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and "
"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84
msgid ""
"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the "
"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87
msgid ""
"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. "
"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94
msgid ""
"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will "
"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
"released a more recent version during your tests)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
msgid ""
"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be "
"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a "
"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead"
" and asking another request will not be possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108
msgid ""
"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it "
"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test "
"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be "
"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent "
"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be "
"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you "
"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116
msgid ""
"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**"
" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work "
"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might "
"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you "
"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make "
"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your "
"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124
msgid ""
"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade"
" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading "
"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being "
"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
msgid ""
"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click "
"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button "
"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new "
"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes"
" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once "
"the process is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
msgid ""
"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between "
"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your "
"migration during non-business hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146
msgid "Duplicating a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial "
"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" "
"database can duplicate without problem."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
@ -182,37 +272,37 @@ msgstr ""
"Para duplicar su base de datos, solo de clic en **Duplicar**. Tendrá que "
"darle un nombre a su duplicado, luego de clic en **Duplicar Base de Datos**."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
msgid ""
"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a"
" database, all external communication will remain active:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr "Los correos electrónicos fueron enviados"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165
msgid ""
"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for "
"example)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr "Órdenes de envio (proveedores de envio) fueron enviadas"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170
msgid "Etc."
msgstr "Etc."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172
msgid ""
"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these "
"behaviours to be disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
@ -221,16 +311,16 @@ msgstr ""
"duplicada. Observe que la dirección URL utiliza el nombre que elijo para su "
"base de datos duplicada."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr ""
"Las bases de datos duplicadas expiran automaticamente después de 15 días."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187
msgid "Rename a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189
msgid ""
"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you "
"want to rename, access the `database management page "
@ -238,15 +328,15 @@ msgid ""
"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200
msgid "Deleting a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202
msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204
msgid ""
"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The "
"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant "
@ -254,45 +344,45 @@ msgid ""
"backup may be several hours old at that point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210
msgid ""
"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, "
"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" "
"button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217
msgid ""
"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you "
"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload "
"automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227
msgid ""
"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229
msgid ""
"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a "
"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233
msgid ""
"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
msgid "On-premise Database management"
msgid "On-premises Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
@ -319,8 +409,9 @@ msgid ""
"message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143
msgid "Solutions"
msgstr ""
@ -363,7 +454,7 @@ msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
msgid ""
"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
@ -393,41 +484,66 @@ msgid ""
"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80
msgid "Check your network and firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
msgid ""
"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation"
" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open "
"outgoing connections towards:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86
msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87
msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89
msgid ""
"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the "
"Update notification runs once a week."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95
msgid "Error message due to too many users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
msgid ""
"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106
msgid ""
"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
"countdown is updated everyday."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112
msgid ""
"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the "
"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115
msgid "or"
msgstr "o"
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117
msgid ""
"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com "
"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"/documentation/user/12.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122
msgid ""
"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message "
"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification "
@ -436,102 +552,51 @@ msgid ""
"message disappear right away."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129
msgid "Database expired error message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131
msgid ""
"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your "
"subscription, you will encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139
msgid ""
"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30"
" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the "
"database is expired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
msgid ""
"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
"that"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146
msgid ""
"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be "
"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit "
"card payments are processed immediately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149
msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151
msgid ""
"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145
msgid "Force an Update Notification"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
msgid ""
"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-"
"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription"
" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will "
"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause "
"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications "
"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you"
" can force an Update using the following procedure:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154
msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155
msgid ""
"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right "
"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer"
" mode**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158
msgid ""
"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > "
"\"Scheduled Actions\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160
msgid ""
"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on "
"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165
msgid ""
"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive "
"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this "
"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the"
" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production "
"database will then be correctly identified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
msgid "Duplicate a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
msgid ""
"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
@ -541,7 +606,7 @@ msgstr ""
"administrador en su servidor (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). En esta "
"página, puede fácilmente duplicar su base de datos (entre otras cosas)."
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170
msgid ""
"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
@ -556,7 +621,7 @@ msgstr ""
"podría resultar en problemas de facturación o problemas de registro bajo la "
"línea."
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179
msgid ""
"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "

62
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

@ -13,9 +13,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -112,59 +112,59 @@ msgstr "Cómo usar un servidor de G Suite"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
"to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*"
" section. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation "
"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in "
"`Google documentation "
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
msgid ""
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
msgid ""
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62
msgid ""
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66
msgid ""
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69
msgid ""
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
"usually happens more quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
msgid ""
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77
msgid "Allow DKIM"
msgstr "Permitir DKIM"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
msgid ""
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
@ -174,22 +174,22 @@ msgid ""
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
msgstr "¿Cómo administrar los mensajes de correo entrantes?"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90
msgid ""
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
"alias (**catchall@**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94
msgid ""
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
@ -197,58 +197,58 @@ msgid ""
"recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98
msgid ""
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101
msgid ""
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103
msgid ""
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105
msgid ""
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
"/project-management>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107
msgid ""
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
msgid "etc."
msgstr "etc."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
msgid ""
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115
msgid ""
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ msgid ""
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
@ -268,21 +268,21 @@ msgid ""
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138
msgid ""
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146
msgid ""
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "

324
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
View File

@ -6,22 +6,22 @@
# Translators:
# José Vicente <txusev@gmail.com>, 2018
# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018
# Diego de cos <diegodecos@hotmail.com>, 2018
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018
# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2018
# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2018
# Kelly Quintero <kiutba@gmail.com>, 2018
# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Diego de cos <diegodecos@hotmail.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"Last-Translator: Diego de cos <diegodecos@hotmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -712,8 +712,8 @@ msgstr ""
"en el botón inteligente *Publicado* (y viceversa)."
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3
msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)"
msgstr "Cómo vender alternativas de productos más caros (ventas adicionales)"
msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5
msgid ""
@ -857,7 +857,6 @@ msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode."
msgstr "Una vez listo, cambie al modo **Producción**."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
msgid "Set up Odoo"
msgstr "Configure Odoo"
@ -881,7 +880,6 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
msgid "Go live"
msgstr "Dar inicio"
@ -928,13 +926,11 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
msgid ":doc:`payment`"
msgstr ":doc:`payment`"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
@ -1229,194 +1225,294 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3
msgid "How to get paid with Paypal"
msgstr "¿Cómo obtener un pago con Paypal?"
msgid "Configure your Paypal account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5
msgid ""
"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the "
"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any "
"starter."
"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any "
"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we "
"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow "
"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11
msgid "Set up your Paypal account"
msgstr "Configura tu cuenta de Paypal"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12
msgid "Paypal account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14
msgid ""
"Create a `Paypal Business Account <https://www.paypal.com>`__ or upgrade "
"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account."
"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl "
"Business Account "
"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__"
" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal "
"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few "
"configuration steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18
msgid "Settings in Paypal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21
msgid ""
"Log in to `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ and open the settings of your "
"**Profile**."
"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a "
"seamless customer experience with Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22
msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**."
msgstr "Ahora entra en el menú **Mis herramientas de venta**."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27
msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23
msgid ""
"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*"
" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29
msgid "Auto Return"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31
msgid ""
"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: "
"<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the "
"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)."
"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the "
"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name "
"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. "
"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36
msgid ""
"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is "
"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo."
"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits "
"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or "
"Odoo databases."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43
msgid ""
"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment "
"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44
msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46
msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn"
msgid ""
"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as"
" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting "
"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. "
"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51
msgid ""
"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo "
"to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal "
"button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54
msgid "Paypal Account Optional"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56
msgid ""
"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as "
"**UTF-8**."
"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when "
"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might "
"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on."
msgstr ""
"A continuación, haz clic en *Más opciones* y establece los dos formatos de "
"codificación predeterminados como **UTF-8**."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63
msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65
msgid ""
"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, "
"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on."
"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site "
"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the "
"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*"
" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually "
"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges "
"receipt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72
msgid ""
"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in "
"*Instant Payment Notification*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75
msgid ""
"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->"
" Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your "
"**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**."
"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” "
"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81
msgid "Payment Messages Format"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83
msgid ""
"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My "
"business info`."
"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. "
"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89
msgid ""
"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so,"
" open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**."
"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98
msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System"
" Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:"
"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the "
"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-"
"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-"
"payments-ewp>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94
msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104
msgid "Settings in Odoo"
msgstr "Configuraciones en Odoo"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95
msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*"
msgstr "Valor: tu Paypal *Token de identidad*"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107
msgid "Activation"
msgstr "Activación"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109
msgid ""
"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your "
"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**."
"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce "
"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112
msgid "Transaction fees"
msgstr "Comisiones por transacción"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113
msgid "Credentials"
msgstr "Credenciales"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114
msgid ""
"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal"
" charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied"
" to the order amount."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115
msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117
msgid ""
"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in "
"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below."
msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119
msgid ""
"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees "
"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__."
"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in "
"*Profile > About the business*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128
msgid "Test the payment flow"
msgstr "Prueba el flujo de pagos"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121
msgid ""
"You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts."
"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained"
" here above."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127
msgid "Transaction fees"
msgstr "Comisiones por transacción"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129
msgid ""
"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to "
"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, "
"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132
msgid ""
"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ with your"
" Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:"
"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in "
"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138
msgid ""
"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-"
"fees>`__ to set up fees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141
msgid ""
"..note:: `Traders in the EU "
"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-"
"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying "
"with credit cards."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145
msgid "Go live!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147
msgid ""
"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then"
" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to"
" it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156
msgid ""
"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales "
"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting "
"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is "
"processed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165
msgid "Test environment"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167
msgid ""
"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox "
"accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169
msgid ""
"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with "
"your Paypal credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171
msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173
msgid ""
"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. "
"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)."
"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com "
"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175
msgid ""
"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. "
"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)."
"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177
msgid ""
"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ with the "
"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions."
"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same "
"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make "
"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the "
"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not "
"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142
msgid ""
"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on "
"*Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not "
"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the "
"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be "
"automatically generated when the transaction is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183
msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account."
msgstr ""
"Ejecuta una transacción de prueba desde Odoo con la cuenta personal de "
"sandbox."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185
msgid "See also"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187
msgid ""
"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189
msgid ""
"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
msgstr "¿Cómo los clientes pueden acceder a su cuenta?"

155
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
View File

@ -4,20 +4,20 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018
# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2018
# Jimmy Ramos <jimmybanegas93@gmail.com>, 2018
# Francisco de la Peña <fran@fran.cr>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Francisco de la Peña <fran@fran.cr>, 2019\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -33,6 +33,16 @@ msgstr "General"
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Autentificación"
#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3
msgid "OAuth"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5
msgid ""
"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft "
"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
msgstr "Cómo permitir a usuarios acceder con su cuenta de Google"
@ -109,6 +119,60 @@ msgstr ""
"Una vez finalizado, recibirás tu ID de Cliente y Cliente Secreto. Tienes que"
" introducir tu ID de Cliente en *Configuración General**."
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3
msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5
msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7
msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15
msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20
msgid ""
"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port "
"it listens to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22
msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27
msgid ""
"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query"
" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32
msgid ""
"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP "
"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34
msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39
msgid ""
"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a "
"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41
msgid ""
"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If "
"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
msgid "Data Import"
msgstr "Importación de Datos"
@ -364,20 +428,13 @@ msgstr "¿Dónde puedo cambiar el formato de fecha de importación?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
msgid ""
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess"
" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can"
" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be "
"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month "
"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the"
" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'."
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to "
"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While "
"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be "
"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is "
"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is "
"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'."
msgstr ""
"Odoo puede detectar automáticamente si una columna es una fecha y tratar de "
"inferir el formato de la fecha de un set de formatos de fechas más usuados. "
"Mientras este proceso puede funcionar para muchos formatos de fecha simples,"
" algunos más exóticos not podrán ser reconocidos y por lo tanto es posible "
"tener algún tipo de confusión (día y mes invertido por ejemplo) ya que es "
"difícil saber cual parte es el día y cual es el mes en fechas como "
"'01-03-2016'."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
msgid ""
@ -1020,6 +1077,14 @@ msgstr ""
"`Desactivando Usuarios <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`_"
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "Por hacer"
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47
msgid "Add link to How to add companies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
msgstr "Gestione Odoo en su propio lenguaje"
@ -1126,11 +1191,22 @@ msgstr "Unsplash"
msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key"
msgstr "Cómo generar una llave de acceso de Unsplash"
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6
msgid ""
"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow"
" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo"
" Unsplash key in a transparent way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9
msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11
msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_."
msgstr "Crear una cuenta en `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_."
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to your `applications dashboard "
"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New "
@ -1140,19 +1216,19 @@ msgstr ""
"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ y haga clic en **New "
"Application**."
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18
msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**."
msgstr "Acepte las condiciones y haga clic en **Aceptar términos**."
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a "
"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**."
"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so "
"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on "
"**Create application**."
msgstr ""
"Se le solicitará insertar un **Nombre de aplicación** y una **Descripción**."
" Una vez hecho, clic en **Crear aplicación**."
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28
msgid ""
"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit"
" to find your **access key**."
@ -1160,18 +1236,28 @@ msgstr ""
"Debería redirigirle a su página de detalles de aplicación. Desplácese un "
"poco hacia abajo para encontrar su **llave de acceso**."
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34
msgid ""
"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production "
"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of "
"50 Unsplash requests per hour."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37
msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3
msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID"
msgstr "Cómo generar un ID de aplicación de Unsplash"
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6
msgid ""
"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this "
"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/unsplash_access_key.html>`_."
"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8
msgid ""
"Go to your `applications dashboard "
"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created "
@ -1181,17 +1267,16 @@ msgstr ""
"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ y haga clic en su aplicación "
"Unsplash recién creada bajo **Your applications**."
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13
msgid ""
"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application "
"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like"
" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``"
" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19
msgid ""
"Note that if you `apply for a production account "
"<https://unsplash.com/documentation#registering-your-application>`_ and it "
"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be "
"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page."
"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production "
"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash "
"requests per hour restriction."
msgstr ""

144
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
View File

@ -3,17 +3,13 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -176,10 +172,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118
msgid ""
"`The User Story <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-story>`__: "
"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, "
"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant"
" who will provide a response to the HOW."
"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities "
"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, "
"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126
@ -377,133 +372,10 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your "
"questions or technical issues."
msgstr ""
"Tu subscripción online incluye **soporte ilimitado 24 horas sin costo extra,"
" Lunes a Viernes**. Nuestros equipos estan localizados alrededor del mundo "
"para asegurar que tengas soporte, sin importar tu localización. Tu "
"representativo de soporte puede comunicarse contigo desde San Francisco, "
"Bélgica, o India!"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte está incluido?"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`."
msgstr ""
"Proveerte con material relevante (guías, documentación de producto, etc...)"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:264
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
"Respuestas para asegurar que puedes encontrarte en tu database de Odoo "
"stándar (ej. \"No puedo cerrar my Punto de Venta\" o \"¿No puedo encontrar "
"los KPI's de ventas?)"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr "Preguntas relacionadas con tu cuenta, subscripción, o facturación."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
"Resolución de problemas (bloquear problemas o comportamientos inesperados no"
" por desconfiguración o customización)"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
"Situaciones que pueden ocurrir en una base de datos de prueba despues de "
"actualizar a la nueva versión "
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives "
"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
"*Soporte de Odoo no hace cambios a tu base de datos de producción, pero te "
"entrega material y conocimiento para que lo hagas tu mismo!*"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte no está incluido?"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
"Preguntas que requieren que entendamos tu proceso de negocio para así "
"ayudarte a implementar tu base de datos"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
"Entrenamiento en cómo usar tu Software (te direccionaremos a nuestros "
"variados recursos)"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:279
msgid "Importation of documents into your database"
msgstr "Importación de documentos en tu base de datos"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
"Guía en qué configuraciones aplicar dentro de una aplicación o la base de "
"datos"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
"Como fijar modelos de configuración (Ejemplos incluyen: Rutas de Inventario,"
" Términos de Pagos, Bodegas, etc)"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
"Preguntas o situaciones relacionadas a desarrollos específicos o "
"customizaciones hechas por Odoo o un tercero (esto es específico sólo para "
"tu base de datos o código involvente)"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Puedes tener este tipo de soporte con un `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. Con un pack, uno de nuestros consultantes analizará la "
"manera que manejas tu negocio y decirte cómo puedes obtener lo mejor de tu "
"base de datos de Odoo. Manejaremos todas las configuraciones y te "
"entrenaremos en cómo usar Odoo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
"Nuestro equipo de soporte puede ser contactado a través de nuestra `forma de"
" soporte online <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."

6
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
View File

@ -11,9 +11,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
"documentation `*here* "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91

376
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

@ -9,13 +9,12 @@
# David Sanchez <david.sanchez@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018
# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2018
# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2018
# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2018
# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2018
# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2018
# Javier Sabena <jsabena@gmail.com>, 2018
# eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2018
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018
# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2018
# miguelchuga <miguelchuga@gmail.com>, 2018
# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018
# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018
@ -27,15 +26,16 @@
# Miguel Orueta <mo@landoo.es>, 2018
# Miquel Torner <miq@odoo.com>, 2018
# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -455,33 +455,20 @@ msgid ""
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to"
" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check "
"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
msgstr ""
"El **Escáner por bluetooth** puede ser pareado con un smarphone o una tablet"
" y es una buena elección si desea que sea móvil pero no necesita una gran "
"inversión. El aproximarse es para registrar Odoo en su smartphone, parear el"
" escáner por bluetooth con el smartphone y trabajar en el almacén siempre "
"con la posibilidad de revisar su smartphone de vez en cuanto y usar el "
"software 'manualmente'."
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
msgid ""
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using "
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using "
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
" it is essential to test it first."
msgstr ""
"Para uso pesado, el **escáner ordenador portátil** es la solución más "
"práctica. Consiste en un pequeño computador con un escáner de código de "
"barras incorporado. Este puede resultar en una solución muy productiva, sin "
"embargo, debe asegurarse de que es capaz de manejar Odoo fluidamente. Los "
"modelos más recientes que usan Android + Google Chrome o Windows + Internet "
"Explorer deben hacer el trabajo. Sin embargo, debido a la variedad de "
"modelos y configuraciones en el mercado, es esencial probarlo primero."
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
@ -544,23 +531,11 @@ msgstr ""
"eficientemente controlando el software casi que exclusivamente con el "
"escaner de código de barras."
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17
msgid ""
"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more "
"actions."
msgstr ""
"Imprima este documento para poder usar su lector de códigos de barras para "
"realizar más acciones."
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19
msgid "Document: |download_barcode|"
msgstr "Documento: |download_barcode|"
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12
msgid "Set products barcodes"
msgstr "Configurar código de barras de productos"
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17
msgid ""
"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure"
" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this "
@ -580,7 +555,7 @@ msgstr ""
"producto. A esta interfaz también se puede acceder a través del "
"planificador."
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28
msgid ""
"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and "
"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate "
@ -590,11 +565,11 @@ msgstr ""
"no a la plantilla de producto (de lo contrario no sería capaz de "
"diferenciarlos) "
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33
msgid "Set locations barcodes"
msgstr "Configurar localizaciones de código de barras"
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38
msgid ""
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
@ -612,7 +587,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de barra de las ubicaciones. Hay 4 códigos de barra por página, organizados "
"de forma que es conveniente imprimir en papel adhesivo."
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
msgid ""
"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short "
"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133"
@ -621,11 +596,11 @@ msgstr ""
"corto de ubicación** - (**Corredor X** - **Estantería Y** - **Altura Z**) "
"Ejemplo: A032-025-133"
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54
msgid "Barcode formats"
msgstr "Formato de código de barras"
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56
msgid ""
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering "
@ -638,7 +613,7 @@ msgstr ""
"código EAN (es por esto que dos productos en una tienda nunca tendrán el "
"mismo código EAN)."
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61
msgid ""
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define "
"your own barcode format for internal use."
@ -920,7 +895,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30
@ -1095,6 +1070,66 @@ msgstr ""
"sus existencias únicamente tras confirmar una venta, es mejor usar reglas "
"bajo pedido."
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the "
"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, "
"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure"
" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set"
" those virtual warehouses."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12
msgid "Set up virtual warehouses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14
msgid ""
"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new"
" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock "
"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the "
"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on "
"create."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24
msgid ""
"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, "
"because you will need it later in the process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27
msgid ""
"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and "
"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A"
" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two "
"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse"
" A+B."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37
msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39
msgid ""
"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in"
" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. "
"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47
msgid ""
"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery"
" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse"
" A and one in warehouse B."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3
msgid "Delivery Orders"
msgstr "Órdenes de entrega"
@ -1387,8 +1422,8 @@ msgstr ""
"Agregue un proveedor a los productos que quiere enviar-directamente."
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74
msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers"
msgstr "Como mandar productos de los clientes directamente a los proveedores"
msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76
msgid ""
@ -1434,6 +1469,23 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`"
msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow`"
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "Por hacer"
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106
msgid ""
"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of "
"my vendors?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3
msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?"
msgstr ""
@ -1719,6 +1771,18 @@ msgstr ""
"**Realizado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de la página, lo "
"que significa que el producto ha sido enviado al cliente."
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64
msgid ""
"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: "
"From sales orders to delivery orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133
msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3
msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?"
msgstr "¿Cómo puede cambiar el tipo de empaque para su órden de venta?"
@ -1964,12 +2028,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84
msgid ""
"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General "
"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General "
"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**."
msgstr ""
"Para configurar sus días de seguridad, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> "
"Ajustes Generales`, y haga clic en **Configurar la base de datos de su "
"compañía**."
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90
msgid ""
@ -2378,6 +2439,12 @@ msgstr ""
"**Realizado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de la página. El "
"producto ha sido enviado al cliente."
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160
msgid ""
"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders"
" to delivery orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3
msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?"
msgstr "¿Cómo procesar órdenes de entrega en dos pasos (selección + envío)?"
@ -2567,6 +2634,12 @@ msgstr ""
"**Realizado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de la página. El "
"producto ha sido enviado al cliente."
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130
msgid ""
"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From"
" sales orders to delivery orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3
msgid "Incoming Shipments"
msgstr "Envíos a recibir"
@ -2678,6 +2751,11 @@ msgstr "Esta es la configuración por defecto de Odoo."
msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71
msgid ""
"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3
msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)"
msgstr ""
@ -3460,12 +3538,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68
msgid ""
"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will "
"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are "
"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are "
"moving those serial numbers."
msgstr ""
"Si traslada productos que ya tienen un número de serie asignado, estos "
"aparecerán en la lista. Solo de clic en el ícono **+** para confirmar que "
"esta trasladando estos números de serie."
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76
msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers."
@ -5283,6 +5358,10 @@ msgstr ""
"si la adquisición es: :abbr:`MTO (Fabricada por Pedido)` or :abbr:`MTS "
"(Fabricada para Inventario)`"
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179
msgid "needs schema thing from FP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182
msgid "Routes"
msgstr "Rutas"
@ -6569,10 +6648,8 @@ msgstr "En la sección de reglas de Adquisición, de clic en Agregar un ítem."
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45
msgid ""
"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action "
"possibles :"
"possible :"
msgstr ""
"Aquí puede configurar las condiciones de su regla. Hay 3 tipos de acción "
"posibles :"
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48
msgid "Move from another location rules"
@ -6580,13 +6657,12 @@ msgstr "Trasladar desde otra ubicación de reglas"
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50
msgid ""
"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders."
"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""
"Reglas de producción que impulsarán la creación de órdenes de producción."
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53
msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders."
msgstr "Comprar reglas que impulsarán la creación de órdenes de compra."
msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56
msgid ""
@ -6648,26 +6724,11 @@ msgid ""
"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales "
"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem "
"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in "
"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An "
"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An "
"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will "
"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the "
"inability to meet customer demand for the product."
msgstr ""
"El sistema de control de inventario de arranque involucra necesidades "
"estimadas de inventario para cumplir con la demanda del cliente. Las "
"compañías deben predecir que productos los clientes comprarán junto con "
"determinar que cantidad de mercancía será adquirida. La compañía tendrá, a "
"su vez, que producir suficiente producto para cumplir con la demanda "
"estimada y vender, o impulsar, la mercancía al consumidor. Las desventajas "
"del sistema de control de inventario de arranque son que los estimados son a"
" menudo imprecisos ya que las ventas pueden ser impredecibles y variar de un"
" año al otro. Otro problema con el sistema de control de inventario de "
"arranque es que si mucho producto es dejado en el inventario. Esto aumenta "
"los costos de almacenaje de la compañía para esta mercancía. Una ventaja del"
" sistema de arranque es que la compañía esta bastante asegurada de que "
"tendrá suficiente producto a la mano para completar las órdenes del cliente,"
" preveniendo la incapacidad para cumplir la demanda del cliente para el "
"producto."
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22
msgid ""
@ -6999,127 +7060,45 @@ msgid "Product Costing"
msgstr "Costeo de Productos"
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3
msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?"
msgstr "¿Cómo integrar los costos en destino en el costo del producto?"
msgid ""
"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8
msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer."
msgid ""
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs "
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
msgstr ""
"Los costos en destino incluyen todos los cargos asociados a una buena "
"transferencia."
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10
msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk"
msgstr ""
"Los costos en destino incluyen = Costo del producto + Envío + Aduanas + "
"Riesgo"
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12
msgid ""
"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but "
"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have"
" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will "
"impact on company profits."
"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and "
"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application "
"to be installed)."
msgstr ""
"Todos estos componentes podrían ser no aplicables en cada despacho, pero los"
" componentes relevantes deben ser considerados como parte del costo en "
"destino. Debemos identificar el costo en destino para determinar el precio "
"de venta de un producto porque estos impactarán los ingresos de la compañía."
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21
msgid "Applications configuration"
msgstr "Configuración de aplicaciones"
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20
msgid ""
"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check "
"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & "
"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
"Primero, debe activar el uso de los costos en destino. Vaya a "
":menuselection:`Aplicación de inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. "
"Compruebe la opción de contabilidad **Incluir costos en destino en el "
"cálculo de costeo del producto** y **Valoración Perpertua del Inventario**, "
"luego de clic en **Aplicar** para guardar los cambios."
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27
msgid "Add costs to products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29
msgid ""
"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> "
"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price "
"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
msgstr ""
"Luego vaya a :menuselection:`Aplicación de compras --> Configuración --> "
"Ajustes`. Elija el método de costeo **Usar un método de costeo de precio "
"'Fijo' o 'Variable'**, luego de clic en **Aplicar** para guardar los "
"cambios."
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40
msgid "Landed Cost Types"
msgstr "Tipos de gastos de envío"
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42
msgid ""
"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed "
"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`."
msgstr ""
"Empiece por crear productos específicos para indicar sus varios **Costos en "
"Destino**, como flete, seguro o impuestos de aduana. Vaya a "
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Tipos de costos en "
"destino`."
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:50
msgid ""
"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time "
"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured "
"on the product category."
msgstr ""
"Los costos en destino solo son aplican para productos configurados en la "
"valoración en tiempo real con método de costeo de precio real. Este método "
"de costeo es configurado en la categoría del producto."
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:55
msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer"
msgstr "Vincular los costos en destino a una transferencia"
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57
msgid ""
"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
"Control --> Landed Costs`."
msgstr ""
"Para calcular los costos en destino, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> "
"Control de Inventario --> Costos en Destino`."
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:60
msgid ""
"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to "
"attribute landed costs."
msgstr ""
"De clic en el botón **Crear** y seleccione el/los envío(s) al/los que desee "
"atribuir costos en destino."
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:66
msgid ""
"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend "
"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be "
"easier to keep track of your postings."
"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click "
"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you"
" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. "
"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines "
"will be split accross your transfers lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:73
msgid ""
"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split "
"across the picking lines."
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38
msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button."
msgstr ""
"Haga clic en el botón **Calcular** para ver como los costos en destino serán"
" repartidos a través de las líneas de envíos."
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:79
msgid ""
"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button."
msgstr ""
"Para confirmar la atribución de costos en destino, de clic en el botón "
"**Validar**."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3
msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
@ -7443,7 +7422,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
msgid ""
"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot "
"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym "
"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy "
"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date."
msgstr ""
@ -7674,13 +7653,9 @@ msgstr "¿Cómo usar diferentes unidades de medida?"
msgid ""
"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary."
" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of"
" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, "
" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, "
"you will need to convert the units."
msgstr ""
"En algunos casos, es necesario administrar productos en diferentes unidades "
"de medida. Por ejemplo, si compra productos en un país donde es aplicado el "
"sistema métrico y luego los vende en una país donde es usado el sistema "
"imperial, deberá entonces convertir las unidades."
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13
msgid ""
@ -7707,12 +7682,10 @@ msgstr "Configurar unidades en sus productos"
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29
msgid ""
"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which "
"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on "
"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you "
"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on "
"**Edit**."
msgstr ""
"En :menuselection:`Control de Inventario --> Productos`, abra el producto al"
" cual le gustaría cambiar la unidad de compra/venta y de clic en **Editar**."
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32
msgid ""
@ -7855,6 +7828,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Pero la transferencia es realizada en la unidad de medida del producto. Todo"
" es convertido automáticamente :"
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125
msgid ""
"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use "
"packages, units of measure or kits?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3
msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?"
msgstr "¿Cuándo debo usar paquetes, unidades de medida o kits?"
@ -8409,6 +8388,14 @@ msgstr ""
"Cuando haya introducido todos los valores adicionales, haga clic en "
"**Guardar**."
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226
msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227
msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3
msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?"
msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre depósitos y ubicaciones?"
@ -8833,10 +8820,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
msgid ""
"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated."
"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you"
" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
msgstr ""
"Los costos reales de envío son calculados cuando la órden de entrega es "
"validada."
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
msgid ""

85
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po
View File

@ -3,13 +3,18 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2018
# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018
# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@ -104,6 +109,80 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "IoT Box Schema"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:3
msgid "Flashing your SD Card"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from"
" our latest updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:9
msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, "
"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install "
"and launch it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, download the latest image `here "
"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the "
"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to "
"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 "
"minutes for it to finish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:3
msgid "IoT Box not found"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:5
msgid ""
"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box"
" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you "
"can follow to find your IoT box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:10
msgid "HTTPS Issues"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:12
msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:14
msgid ""
"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts "
"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may"
" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:19
msgid ""
"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to "
"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image "
"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here "
"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3
msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS"
msgstr ""

29
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
View File

@ -3,13 +3,17 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2018
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@ -23,8 +27,8 @@ msgid "Live Chat"
msgstr "Charla en vivo"
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8
msgid "Chat in live with website visitors"
msgstr "Chatee en vivo con los visitantes del sitio web"
msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10
msgid ""
@ -155,21 +159,16 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92
msgid ""
"In practice, the conversations initiated by the visitors will appear in the "
"Discuss module and will also pop up as a direct message. Therefore, "
"inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo."
"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in "
"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be "
"answered wherever you are in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"En la práctica, las conversaciones iniciadas por los visitantes aparecerán "
"en el módulo Discusión y también aparecerán como un mensaje directo. Por lo "
"tanto, las consultas pueden responderse donde sea que se encuentre en Odoo."
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96
msgid ""
"If there several operators in charge of a channel, the system will dispatch "
"sessions randomly between them."
"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system "
"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them."
msgstr ""
"Si hay varios operadores a cargo de un canal, el sistema enviará sesiones al"
" azar entre ellos."
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100
msgid "Use commands"

113
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
View File

@ -5,17 +5,15 @@
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# Diego de cos <diegodecos@hotmail.com>, 2018
# Francisco de la Peña <fran@fran.cr>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Francisco de la Peña <fran@fran.cr>, 2019\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -28,110 +26,17 @@ msgid "Mobile"
msgstr "Móvil"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging"
msgstr "Configurar Firebase Cloud Message"
msgid "Push Notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
msgid ""
"In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API "
"key."
"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push "
"notifications in the mobile app."
msgstr ""
"Para tener notificaciones móviles en nuestra aplicación Android, necesita "
"una clave API "
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
msgid ""
"If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or "
"Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android "
"app."
"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification "
"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18
msgid ""
"The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12."
msgstr ""
"La aplicación iOS no soporta notificaciones móviles en Oddo para versiones "
">12"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22
msgid "Firebase Settings"
msgstr "Configuración de Firebase"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25
msgid "Create a new project"
msgstr "Crear un nuevo proyecto"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27
msgid ""
"First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to "
"`https://console.firebase.google.com "
"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ and create a new project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34
msgid ""
"Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create "
"project**."
msgstr ""
"Elija un nombre de proyecto, seleccione **Continuar**, entonces selecciones "
"**Crear Proyecto**."
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37
msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**."
msgstr "Cuando su proyecto esté listo, seleccione **Continuar**."
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39
msgid ""
"You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)."
msgstr ""
"Se le redirigirá a la página de visión general del proyecto (ver el "
"siguiente pantallazo)."
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43
msgid "Add an app"
msgstr "Agregar una aplicación"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45
msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon."
msgstr "En la página de visión general, clic en el icono de Android."
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50
msgid ""
"You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will "
"not work."
msgstr ""
"Debe usar \"com.odoo.com\" como nombre de paquete Android. DE otro modo, no "
"funcionará."
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56
msgid ""
"No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and "
"skip the fourth step."
msgstr ""
"No necesita descargar el archivo de configuración, puede seleccionar "
"*Siguiente** 2 veces y saltar al cuarto paso."
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60
msgid "Get generated API key"
msgstr "Obtenga la API key generada"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62
msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:"
msgstr "En la página de visión general, vaya a configuración de proyecto."
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67
msgid ""
"In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** "
"that you need to set in Odoo General Settings."
msgstr ""
"En **Mensajería Cloud** verá la **llave API** y el **Sender ID** que "
"necesita para configurarlo en la configuración general de Odoo."
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74
msgid "Settings in Odoo"
msgstr "Configuraciones en Odoo"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76
msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging."
msgstr ""
"Simplemente pegue la llave de la API y el Sender ID de Cloud Messaging."

570
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
View File

@ -14,9 +14,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -45,13 +45,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:9
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10
#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración"
@ -68,245 +68,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21
msgid "You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD HYPERLINK)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:25
msgid "Add barcodes to product"
msgstr "Añadir códigos de barras al producto."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:27
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a "
"product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:30
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26
msgid ""
"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you "
"can input any barcode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:37
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33
msgid "Scanning products"
msgstr "Escanear productos"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:39
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35
msgid ""
"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The "
"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple "
"times or change the quantity manually on the screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3
msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner"
msgstr "Usando etiquetas de descuento con un escáner de código de barras"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting "
"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They "
"allow you to scan discount barcodes."
msgstr ""
"Si desea vender sus productos con un descuento, por ejemplo, para un "
"producto que se acerca a su fecha de vencimiento, puede usar etiquetas de "
"descuento. Te permiten escanear códigos de barras de descuento."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10
msgid ""
"To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner, you can see the"
" documentation about it `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d"
"/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__"
msgstr ""
"Para usar etiquetas de descuento, necesitará usar un escáner de código de "
"barras, puede ver la documentación al respecto 'aquí "
"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-"
"cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:15
msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
msgstr "Nomenclatura de código de barras"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:17
msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature."
msgstr ""
"Para usar las etiquetas de descuentos, necesitamos aprender acerca de la "
"nomenclatura de códigos de barras."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:19
msgid ""
"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following "
"barcode:"
msgstr ""
"Digamos que quiere tener un descuento para el producto con el siguiente "
"código de barras:"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS "
"interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34
msgid ""
"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode "
"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) "
"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43
msgid "Scan the products & tags"
msgstr "Escanea los productos y etiquetas"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45
msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)."
msgstr ""
"Primero tienes que escanear el producto deseado (en nuestro caso, un limón)."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:50
msgid ""
"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can "
"finish the transaction."
msgstr ""
"Y luego escanear la etiqueta de descuento. Se aplicará el descuento y podrás"
" finalizar la transacción."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3
msgid "Manage a loyalty program"
msgstr "Gestiona un programa de lealtad"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:5
msgid ""
"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a "
"*Loyalty Program*."
msgstr ""
"Anime a sus clientes que sigan comprando en su punto de venta con un "
"*Programa de lealtad*."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:11
msgid ""
"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. "
"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*"
msgstr ""
"Para activar la función *Programa de lealtad*, vaya a: menuselection: `Punto"
" de Ventas -> Configuración-> Punto de ventas ` y seleccione su interfaz de "
"PdV. En las funciones de precios, seleccione * Programa de lealtad*"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:19
msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs."
msgstr "Desde allí puedes crear y editar tus programas de lealtad."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a "
"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole "
"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and "
"everything in between."
msgstr ""
"Puedes decidir qué tipo de programa deseas utilizar, si la recompensa es un "
"descuento o un regalo, házlo específico para algunos productos o cubra todo "
"su inventario. Aplica reglas para que solo sea válido en situaciones "
"específicas y todo lo demas."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:30
msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface"
msgstr "Usa el programa de lealtad en tu interfaz PdV"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:32
msgid ""
"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the "
"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent "
"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the "
"rules defined in the loyalty program."
msgstr ""
"Cuando se establece un cliente, ahora verá los puntos que obtendrá por la "
"transacción y se acumularán hasta que se gasten. Se gastan usando el botón "
"*Recompensas* cuando tienen suficientes puntos de acuerdo con las reglas "
"definidas en el programa de lealtad."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can"
" finalize the order in your usual way."
msgstr ""
"Puede ver que el precio se actualiza instantáneamente para reflejar la lista"
" de precios. Puedes finalizar el pedido de la forma habitual."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:49
msgid ""
"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You "
"can of course change it."
msgstr ""
"Si selecciona un cliente con una lista de precios predeterminada, se "
"aplicará. Por supuesto, puedes cambiarlo."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3
msgid "Apply manual discounts"
msgstr "Aplicar descuentos manuales."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest "
"solution for your Point of Sale."
msgstr ""
"Si rara vez utilizas descuentos, aplicar descuentos manuales podría ser la "
"solución más fácil para tu punto de venta."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8
msgid ""
"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products."
msgstr ""
"Puedes aplicar un descuento en todo el pedido o en productos específicos."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:12
msgid "Apply a discount on a product"
msgstr "Aplicar un descuento en un producto."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:14
msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button."
msgstr "Desde la interfaz de tu sesión, use el botón *Desc*."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:19
msgid ""
"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is "
"currently selected and the discount will be applied."
msgstr ""
"Luego puedes ingresar un descuento (en porcentaje) sobre el producto "
"actualmente seleccionado y se aplicará el descuento."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:23
msgid "Apply a global discount"
msgstr "Aplicar un descuento global"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25
msgid ""
"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:28
msgid ""
"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:34
msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:39
msgid ""
"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:44
msgid ""
"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific "
"product discount also at 50%."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3
msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury"
msgstr ""
@ -464,7 +251,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10
msgid ""
"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13
@ -472,18 +259,282 @@ msgid ""
"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:20
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17
msgid ""
"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the "
"receipt printer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23
msgid "Reprint a receipt"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:22
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25
msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30
msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Pricing Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3
msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner"
msgstr "Usando etiquetas de descuento con un escáner de código de barras"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting "
"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They "
"allow you to scan discount barcodes."
msgstr ""
"Si desea vender sus productos con un descuento, por ejemplo, para un "
"producto que se acerca a su fecha de vencimiento, puede usar etiquetas de "
"descuento. Te permiten escanear códigos de barras de descuento."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10
msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13
msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
msgstr "Nomenclatura de código de barras"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15
msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature."
msgstr ""
"Para usar las etiquetas de descuentos, necesitamos aprender acerca de la "
"nomenclatura de códigos de barras."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17
msgid ""
"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following "
"barcode:"
msgstr ""
"Digamos que quiere tener un descuento para el producto con el siguiente "
"código de barras:"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS "
"interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32
msgid ""
"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode "
"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) "
"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41
msgid "Scan the products & tags"
msgstr "Escanea los productos y etiquetas"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43
msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)."
msgstr ""
"Primero tienes que escanear el producto deseado (en nuestro caso, un limón)."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48
msgid ""
"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can "
"finish the transaction."
msgstr ""
"Y luego escanear la etiqueta de descuento. Se aplicará el descuento y podrás"
" finalizar la transacción."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3
msgid "Manage a loyalty program"
msgstr "Gestiona un programa de lealtad"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5
msgid ""
"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a "
"*Loyalty Program*."
msgstr ""
"Anime a sus clientes que sigan comprando en su punto de venta con un "
"*Programa de lealtad*."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11
msgid ""
"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. "
"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*"
msgstr ""
"Para activar la función *Programa de lealtad*, vaya a: menuselection: `Punto"
" de Ventas -> Configuración-> Punto de ventas ` y seleccione su interfaz de "
"PdV. En las funciones de precios, seleccione * Programa de lealtad*"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19
msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs."
msgstr "Desde allí puedes crear y editar tus programas de lealtad."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a "
"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole "
"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and "
"everything in between."
msgstr ""
"Puedes decidir qué tipo de programa deseas utilizar, si la recompensa es un "
"descuento o un regalo, házlo específico para algunos productos o cubra todo "
"su inventario. Aplica reglas para que solo sea válido en situaciones "
"específicas y todo lo demas."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30
msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface"
msgstr "Usa el programa de lealtad en tu interfaz PdV"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32
msgid ""
"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the "
"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent "
"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the "
"rules defined in the loyalty program."
msgstr ""
"Cuando se establece un cliente, ahora verá los puntos que obtendrá por la "
"transacción y se acumularán hasta que se gasten. Se gastan usando el botón "
"*Recompensas* cuando tienen suficientes puntos de acuerdo con las reglas "
"definidas en el programa de lealtad."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can"
" finalize the order in your usual way."
msgstr ""
"Puede ver que el precio se actualiza instantáneamente para reflejar la lista"
" de precios. Puedes finalizar el pedido de la forma habitual."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49
msgid ""
"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You "
"can of course change it."
msgstr ""
"Si selecciona un cliente con una lista de precios predeterminada, se "
"aplicará. Por supuesto, puedes cambiarlo."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3
msgid "Apply manual discounts"
msgstr "Aplicar descuentos manuales."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest "
"solution for your Point of Sale."
msgstr ""
"Si rara vez utilizas descuentos, aplicar descuentos manuales podría ser la "
"solución más fácil para tu punto de venta."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8
msgid ""
"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products."
msgstr ""
"Puedes aplicar un descuento en todo el pedido o en productos específicos."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12
msgid "Apply a discount on a product"
msgstr "Aplicar un descuento en un producto."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14
msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button."
msgstr "Desde la interfaz de tu sesión, use el botón *Desc*."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19
msgid ""
"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is "
"currently selected and the discount will be applied."
msgstr ""
"Luego puedes ingresar un descuento (en porcentaje) sobre el producto "
"actualmente seleccionado y se aplicará el descuento."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23
msgid "Apply a global discount"
msgstr "Aplicar un descuento global"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25
msgid ""
"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28
msgid ""
"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34
msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39
msgid ""
"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44
msgid ""
"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific "
"product discount also at 50%."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3
msgid "Apply time-limited discounts"
msgstr "Aplicar descuentos por tiempo limitado."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5
msgid ""
"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or "
"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a "
"pricing strategy tailored to your business."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12
msgid ""
"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales "
"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18
msgid ""
"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and "
"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking"
" on *Pricelists*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23
msgid "Create a pricelist"
msgstr "Crear una lista de precios"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25
msgid ""
"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to "
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31
msgid ""
"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. "
"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You "
"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the "
"whole range."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37
msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface"
msgstr "Usando una lista de precios en la interfaz PdV"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39
msgid ""
"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly "
"select the right pricelist."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3
msgid "Analyze sales"
msgstr "Analizar las ventas"
@ -988,35 +1039,36 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16
msgid ""
"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*."
" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:19
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20
msgid "Add a printer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:21
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22
msgid ""
"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where"
" you can add the printer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:28
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29
msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:33
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34
msgid "Select or create a printer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:36
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37
msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:38
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39
msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44
msgid ""
"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer."
msgstr ""
@ -1212,7 +1264,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28
msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment."
msgstr ""
@ -1446,55 +1498,3 @@ msgid ""
"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have "
"to process the payment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3
msgid "Apply time-limited discounts"
msgstr "Aplicar descuentos por tiempo limitado."
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:5
msgid ""
"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or "
"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a "
"pricing strategy tailored to your business."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:12
msgid ""
"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales "
"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:18
msgid ""
"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and "
"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking"
" on *Pricelists*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23
msgid "Create a pricelist"
msgstr "Crear una lista de precios"
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25
msgid ""
"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to "
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31
msgid ""
"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. "
"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You "
"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the "
"whole range."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:37
msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface"
msgstr "Usando una lista de precios en la interfaz PdV"
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:39
msgid ""
"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly "
"select the right pricelist."
msgstr ""

149
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
View File

@ -3,13 +3,17 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@ -24,24 +28,17 @@ msgstr "Mi portal de Odoo"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
msgid ""
"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your "
"Subscriptions."
"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and "
"subscriptions."
msgstr ""
"En esta sección del portal encontrarás toda la comunicación entre tu y Odoo."
" Documentos tales como presupuestos, ordenes de venta, facturas y tus "
"subscripciones."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
msgid ""
"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just "
"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just"
" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
msgstr ""
"Para acceder a esta sección tienes que iniciar sesión con tu nombre de "
"usuario y contraseña de `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . Si es que "
"ya iniciaste sesión sólo haz clic en tu nombre en la esquina derecha arriba "
"y selecciona \"Mi Cuenta\"."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
msgid "Quotations"
@ -50,34 +47,24 @@ msgstr "Presupuestos"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
msgid ""
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to "
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
msgstr ""
"Aquí encontrarás todos los presupuestos enviados a tí por Odoo. Por ejemplo,"
" un presupuesto puede ser generado para tí después de añadir una aplicación "
"o un usuario a tu base de datos o si tu contrato tiene que ser renovado."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
msgid ""
"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that"
" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you "
"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful "
"information."
"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is "
"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on "
"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the "
"pricing and other useful information."
msgstr ""
"La columna *Valido Hasta* muestra hasta cuándo el presupuesto es válido; "
"después de esa fecha, el presupuesto será \"Expirado\". Al cliquear en el "
"presupuesto, verás todos los detalles de la oferta, el precio y otra "
"información valiosa."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
msgid ""
"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the "
"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the "
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"."
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\""
msgstr ""
"Si quieres aceptar el presupuesto solo cliquea \"Acepta y Paga\" y el "
"presupuesto será confirmado. Si no quieres aceptarlo, o necesitas preguntar "
"por algunas modificaciones, cliquea en \"Pregunta Cambios Rechazar\"."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
msgid "Sales Orders"
@ -85,19 +72,15 @@ msgstr "Pedidos de ventas"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
msgid ""
"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. "
"will be registered under this section."
"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be"
" registered under this section."
msgstr ""
"Todas tus compras en Odoo tales como ventas adicionales, temas, "
"aplicaciones, etc. serán registradas bajo esta sección."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
msgid ""
"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products "
"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products "
"purchased and process the payment."
msgstr ""
"Al cliquear en la orden de venta puedes revisar el detalle de los productos "
"comprados y procesar el pago."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
msgid "Invoices"
@ -105,21 +88,16 @@ msgstr "Facturas"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
msgid ""
"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, "
"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate "
"you if the invoice has been paid."
"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in "
"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has"
" been paid."
msgstr ""
"Todas las facturas de tu subscripciones, o generadas por una orden de venta,"
" serán mostradas en esta sección. La etiqueta antes del monto a pagar te "
"indicará si la factura ha sido pagada."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
msgid ""
"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice or download a PDF version of the document."
"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document."
msgstr ""
"Solo haz clic en la factura si deseas ver más información, pagar la factura "
"o descargar una versión PDF del documento."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
msgid "Tickets"
@ -127,87 +105,64 @@ msgstr "Tickets"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
msgid ""
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find "
"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our "
"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)."
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`,"
" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have "
"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and "
"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets."
msgstr ""
"Cuando envías un ticket a través `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ un ticket será creado. Aquí puedes encontrar "
"todos los tickets que haz abierto, la conversación entre tu y tus Agentes, "
"Status del ticket y la ID (# Ref)."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76
msgid "Subscriptions"
msgstr "Suscripciones"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78
msgid ""
"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first "
"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first "
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
msgstr ""
"Puedes acceder a tu Subcripción con Odoo desde esta sección. La primera "
"página te muestra las subscripciones que tienes y su status."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84
msgid ""
"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding"
" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing "
"information and the payment method."
"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding "
"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, "
"and the payment method."
msgstr ""
"Al cliquear en la Subscripción tendrás acceso a todos los detalles respecto "
"a tu plan: esto incluye el número de aplicaciones compradas, la información "
"de factura y el método de pago."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88
msgid ""
"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"the new credit card details."
msgstr ""
"Para cambiar el método de pago haz clic en \"Cambiar Método de Pago\" y "
"entra los detalles de la nueva tarjeta de crédito."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94
msgid ""
"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on "
"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on "
"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by "
"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click"
" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
msgstr ""
"Si quieres remover las tarjetas de crédito grabadas, lo puedes hacer al "
"cliquear en \"Administra tus métodos de pago\" al fondo de la página. Haz "
"clic en \"Borrar\" para borrar este método de pago."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101
msgid ""
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will "
"no longer be able to access the database."
" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will"
" no longer be able to access the database."
msgstr ""
"A la fecha de la próxima factura, si es que no hay información del pago "
"disponible, o si tu tarjeta de crédito ha expirado, el status de tu "
"subscripción cambiará a \"Para renovar\". Luego tendrás 7 días para proveer "
"un método de pago válido. Después de esto, la subscripción será cerrada y no"
" tendrás más acceso a la base de datos."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108
msgid "Success Packs"
msgstr "Success Packs"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
msgid ""
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
msgstr ""
"Con un Success Pack/Socio Success Pack, se te asigna un experto que provee "
"asistencia única y personalizada para ayudarte a customizar tu solución y "
"optimizar tus flow de trabajo como parte de tu implementación inicial. Estas"
" horas nunca expiran, permitiéndote utilizarlas cuando necesites soporte."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115
msgid ""
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
":ref:`db_online`"

16
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
View File

@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -280,14 +280,14 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39
msgid ""
"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time "
"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module."
" Simply go into the application module and install the following:"
"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a"
" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time "
"spent on that task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41
msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:"
msgstr ""
"Por otra parte, si desea ser capaz de facturar a sus clientes en función del"
" tiempo empleado en la tarea, también es necesario instalar el módulo de "
"**Hoja de tiempo**. Sólo tiene que ir en el módulo de aplicación e instalar "
"lo siguiente:"
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47
msgid "Create and set up a product"

453
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

@ -10,18 +10,18 @@
# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018
# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018
# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2018
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# Carlos Lopez <celm1990@hotmail.com>, 2018
# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14
@ -662,450 +662,55 @@ msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process."
msgstr "Una vez aprobada, la orden de compra sigue el proceso normal."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3
msgid "Control supplier bills"
msgstr ""
msgid "Bill Control"
msgstr "Control de Factura"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5
msgid ""
"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, "
"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place."
"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill"
" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after"
" you receive the goods."
msgstr ""
"El módulo de **Compras** permite que usted maneje las órdenes de compras, "
"los productos entrantes y las facturas de los proveedores, todo a la "
"perfección en un mismo lugar. "
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12
msgid ""
"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you "
"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased"
" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase "
"management processes."
"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration "
"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills."
msgstr ""
"Si desea establecer un proceso de control de factura de proveedor, lo "
"primero que hay que hacer es tener datos de la compra en Odoo. Saber lo que "
"se ha comprado y recibido es el primer paso hacia la comprensión de sus "
"procesos de gestión de compras."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13
msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:"
msgstr "Aquí está un flujo de trabajo estándar de Odoo:"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20
msgid "Change the control policy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22
msgid ""
"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your "
"vendor(s)."
"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can"
" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product "
"page under the *Purchase* tab."
msgstr ""
"Usted empezará con las **Solicitudes de Presupuesto (RfQ)** que se enviarán "
"a sus proveedor(es)."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase "
"Order (PO)**."
"You might want to use different settings for different types of products."
msgstr ""
"Una vez que el proveedor haya aceptado la RfQ, es necesario confirmar la "
"entrada de RfQ en las **Órdenes de Compra (PO)**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21
msgid ""
"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any "
"stockable products."
msgstr ""
"Confirmando la PO se generará un **Envío entrante**, en caso de adquirir "
"cualquiera de los productos almacenables."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24
msgid ""
"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with "
"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy."
msgstr ""
"Al recibir una **Factura de proveedor** de su proveedor, hay que validar la "
"cuenta con productos recibidos en el paso anterior para asegurar la "
"precisión."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27
msgid ""
"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or "
"only one."
msgstr ""
"Este proceso puede estar hecho por tres diferentes personas de la compañía o"
" por una sola. "
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34
msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications"
msgstr "Instalación de Solicitudes de Compra e Inventarios"
msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36
msgid ""
"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and "
"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will "
"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications."
"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the "
"*Shipment* tab,"
msgstr ""
"Desde el módulo de **Aplicaciones**, busque el módulo de **Compras** e "
"instálelo. Debido a ciertas dependencias, la instalación del módulo de "
"compras instalará el módulo de **Almacén** y el de **Contabilidad**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41
msgid "Creating products"
msgstr "Creando productos"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43
msgid ""
"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing "
"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**,"
" and click **Create**."
"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be "
"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of"
" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received "
"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above."
msgstr ""
"La creación de productos en Odoo es esencial para la compra rápida y "
"eficiente dentro Odoo. Simplemente navegar en el submenú de los "
"**Productos** bajo **Compra** y haga clic en **Crear**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50
msgid ""
"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as "
"it is important:"
msgstr ""
"Cuando se crea un producto, es necesario poner atención al campo del **Tipo "
"de Producto**, ya que es importante: "
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53
msgid ""
"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to "
"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management "
"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products."
msgstr ""
"Los productos que se configuran como **Almacenable** o **Consumible** le "
"permitirá realizar un seguimiento de sus niveles de almacén. Estas opciones "
"implican la gestión de almacenes y permitirán la recepción de este tipo de "
"productos."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58
msgid ""
"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** "
"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no "
"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either "
"of these designations."
msgstr ""
"Por el contrario, los productos que se configuran como un **Servicio** o un "
"**Producto Digital** no aplican en la gestión de almacén, simplemente por el"
" hecho de que no existe un inventario de manejar. Usted no será capaz de "
"recibir los productos en cualquiera de estas designaciones."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64
msgid ""
"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all "
"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or "
"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product"
" type to **Service**."
msgstr ""
"Se recomienda crear un **Diverso Producto** para todas las compras que se "
"producen con poca frecuencia y no requieren de valoración o la gestión de "
"inventarios. Si crea un producto de este tipo, se recomienda establecer el "
"tipo de producto en **Servicio**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70
msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills"
msgstr "Gestionando las cuentas de sus vendedores"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73
msgid "Purchasing products or services"
msgstr "Comprando productos o servicios"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75
msgid ""
"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many "
"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation "
"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor "
"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the "
"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor "
"Reference)"
msgstr ""
"A partir de la solicitud de compra, se puede crear una orden de compra con "
"tantos productos como sea necesario. Si el proveedor le envía una "
"confirmación o una cita para un pedido, puede registrar el número de "
"referencia del pedido en el campo de **Referencia del Proveedor**. Esto le "
"permitirá hacer coincidir fácilmente el PO con la factura del proveedor "
"después (como la factura de proveedor probablemente incluirá la Referencia "
"del Proveedor)"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85
msgid ""
"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** "
"application."
msgstr ""
"Validar el pedido y recibir los productos desde el módulo de **Almacenes**. "
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89
msgid "Receiving Products"
msgstr "Recibiendo productos"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91
msgid ""
"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, "
"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application "
"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you "
"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This "
"button is outlined in red below:"
msgstr ""
"Si ha adquirido cualquier producto almacenable que administra el inventario,"
" tendrá que recibir los productos desde el módulo de **Almacén** después de "
"que usted confirme una orden de compra. Desde el tablero de **Almacén**, "
"debería ver un botón que une directamente a la transferencia de productos. "
"Este botón se indica en rojo a continuación:"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100
msgid ""
"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be "
"received."
msgstr ""
"Navegando por esta ruta le llevará una lista de todos los pedidos en espera "
"de ser recibidos."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106
msgid ""
"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in"
" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the "
"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known"
" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to "
"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item"
" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive "
"the products."
msgstr ""
"Si usted tiene varias órdenes en espera, debe de aplicar un filtro "
"utilizando la barra de búsqueda en la parte superior derecha. Con esta barra"
" de búsqueda, es posible acceder a un filtro basado en el **Proveedor** (o "
"**Socio**), el producto o el documento de origen, también conocido como la "
"referencia de la orden de compra. Usted también tiene la capacidad de "
"agrupar los pedidos por diferentes criterios bajo el nombre de **Grupo "
"Por**. Al seleccionar un elemento de esta lista se abrirá la siguiente "
"pantalla en la que a continuación, recibirá los productos. "
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117
msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order."
msgstr ""
"La compra del **Servicio** de productos no desencadena una orden de entrega."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120
msgid "Managing Vendor Bills"
msgstr "Gestionando las cuentas de sus vendedores"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122
msgid ""
"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to "
"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You "
"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase "
"order."
msgstr ""
"Cuando reciba una **Factura de Proveedor** para una compra anterior, "
"asegúrese de anotar en el módulo de **Compras** bajo el **Menú de Control**."
" Es necesario crear una nueva factura de proveedor, incluso si ya está "
"registrada una orden de compra."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130
msgid ""
"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to "
"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated "
"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify "
"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When "
"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced "
"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that "
"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate "
"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor "
"reference number or your internal purchase order number."
msgstr ""
"Lo primero que tendrá que hacer al crear una **Factura de Proveedor**, es "
"seleccionar al **Proveedor** adecuado ya que esto también se asocia a "
"cualquier asociado contable o a la información de lista de precios. A partir"
" de ahí, se puede optar por especificar cualquiera o varias órdenes de "
"compra para llenar la factura del proveedor con. Al seleccionar una orden de"
" compra de la lista, Odoo empujará cualquier producto no facturado ni "
"asociado a la orden de compra y rellenará automáticamente la información a "
"continuación. Si usted está teniendo dificultades para encontrar la factura "
"del proveedor correspondiente, puede buscar a través de la lista "
"introduciendo el número de referencia del proveedor o su número de orden de "
"compra interna."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144
msgid ""
"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need"
" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)."
msgstr ""
"Mientras que la factura está en estado de borrador, puede hacer las "
"modificaciones necesarias (es decir, quitar o añadir líneas de productos, "
"modificar cantidades, y cambiar los precios)."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149
msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:"
msgstr ""
"Su proveedor puede enviarle varias facturas para la misma orden de compra "
"sí:"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151
msgid ""
"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the "
"products."
msgstr ""
"Su proveedor está en la parte trasera de la orden y usted está el envío de "
"facturas, ya que se envían los productos."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154
msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit."
msgstr "Su proveedor le envía una factura parcial o pregunta por un depósito."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156
msgid ""
"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate "
"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If "
"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this"
" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and"
" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you"
" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity."
msgstr ""
"Cada vez que se graba una nueva factura de proveedor, Odoo rellenará "
"automáticamente las cantidades de productos en base a lo que se ha recibido "
"del proveedor. Si este valor está mostrando un cero, esto significa que "
"usted todavía no ha recibido este producto y simplemente sirve como un "
"recordatorio de que el producto no está en la mano y es posible que tenga "
"que investigar más a fondo de esto. En cualquier punto en el tiempo, antes "
"de validar la factura de proveedor, puede anular esta cantidad cero."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165
msgid "Vendor Bill Matching"
msgstr "Facturas de Proveedor Acompañadas"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168
msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received"
msgstr ""
"¿Qué hacer si su factura de proveedor no coincide con lo que ha recibido?"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170
msgid ""
"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what "
"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several "
"reasons:"
msgstr ""
"Si la factura que reciba del proveedor tiene diferentes cantidades que las "
"cantidades puestas automáticamente por Odoo, esto podría ser debido a varias"
" razones:"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174
msgid ""
"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you"
" have not ordered."
msgstr ""
"El proveedor le está cobrando de forma incorrecta los productos y/o "
"servicios que usted no haya solicitado."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177
msgid ""
"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet,"
" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities."
msgstr ""
"El proveedor le está facturando para los productos que es posible que no "
"haya recibido todavía, como el control de la facturación puede basarse en "
"cantidades solicitadas o recibidas."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181
msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products."
msgstr "O el proveedor no le facturará los productos previamente adquiridos."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183
msgid ""
"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any "
"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you "
"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received."
msgstr ""
"En estos casos se recomienda que compruebe que la factura, y cualquier orden"
" de compra asociada al proveedor, sea precisa y que entienda lo que usted ha"
" pedido y lo que haya recibido."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187
msgid ""
"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this "
"could be due to one of a few reasons:"
msgstr ""
"Si no puede encontrar una orden de compra relacionada con la factura de "
"proveedor, esto podría deberse a una de varias razones:"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190
msgid ""
"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is"
" not going to appear anywhere in the selection."
msgstr ""
"El proveedor ya le ha facturado por esta orden de compra, por lo que no va a"
" aparecer en cualquier parte de la selección."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193
msgid ""
"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor."
msgstr ""
"Alguien en la empresa se olvidó de registrar una orden de compra para este "
"proveedor."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196
msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order."
msgstr "O el proveedor le está cobrando algo que usted no pidió. "
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199
msgid "How product quantities are managed"
msgstr "¿Cómo se manejan las cantidades de productos?"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201
msgid ""
"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while "
"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities."
msgstr ""
"Por defecto, los servicios se gestionan en base a cantidades pedidas, "
"mientras los almacenables y consumibles se gestionan sobre la base de las "
"cantidades recibidas."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204
msgid ""
"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received "
"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** "
"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to"
" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase "
"Bills**."
msgstr ""
"Si usted necesita para administrar los productos basados en cantidades "
"pedidas más de las cantidades recibidas, necesitará habilitar el **Modo de "
"depuración** de la información **Sobre Odoo**. Una vez que se activa el modo"
" de depuración, seleccione el producto(s) que desea modificar, y usted "
"debería ver aparecer un nuevo campo, con la etiqueta **Factura de control de"
" compra**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213
msgid ""
"You can then change the default management method for the selected product "
"to be based on either:"
msgstr ""
"A continuación, puede cambiar el método de gestión predeterminada para el "
"producto seleccionado a basarse en cualquiera:"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216
msgid "Ordered quantities"
msgstr "Cantidades pedidas"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218
msgid "Received quantities"
msgstr "Cantidades recibidas"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221
msgid "Batch Billing"
msgstr "Facturación por lotes"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223
msgid ""
"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, "
"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the "
"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the "
"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to"
" all the appropriate purchase orders."
msgstr ""
"Al crear una factura de proveedor y la selección de la orden de compra "
"apropiada, puede continuar para seleccionar las órdenes de compra "
"adicionales y Odoo agregará las partidas adicionales de esa orden de compra."
" Si no ha eliminado las partidas anteriores de la primera orden de compra la"
" factura se vinculará a todas las órdenes de compra correspondientes."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3
msgid "Cancel a purchase order"

138
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

@ -19,9 +19,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -893,24 +893,39 @@ msgid ""
" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo "
"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to "
"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order "
"quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only suggest prices, "
"they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing"
" strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
"quantity and get a price break), etc."
msgstr ""
"Odoo tiene una potente función de lista de precios para apoyar una "
"estrategia de precios adaptada a tu negocio. Una lista de precios es una "
"lista de precios o reglas de precios que Odoo busca para determinar el "
"precio sugerido. Puedes configurar varias critarias para usar un precio "
"específico: períodos, mín. cantidad vendida (cumplir con una cantidad de "
"orden mínima y obtener un descuento de precio), etc. Como las listas de "
"precios solo sugieren precios, los usuarios pueden anular las órdenes de "
"venta. Elije tu estrategia de precios en: menuselection: `Ventas-> Ajustes`."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9
msgid ""
"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors "
"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from "
":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18
msgid ""
"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use "
"default product price ;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19
msgid ""
"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per "
"products ;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20
msgid ""
"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins "
"and roundings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23
msgid "Several prices per product"
msgstr "Varios precios por producto."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25
msgid ""
"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer "
"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab "
@ -921,18 +936,18 @@ msgstr ""
" pestaña *Ventas* en el formulario de detalles del producto. Puedes "
"configurar las siguientes estrategias."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30
msgid "Prices per customer segment"
msgstr "Precios por segmento de clientes"
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32
msgid ""
"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc."
msgstr ""
"Cree listas de precios para sus segmentos de clientes: p.ej, registrado, "
"premium, etc."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37
msgid ""
"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To "
"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale "
@ -943,17 +958,17 @@ msgstr ""
"formulario de detalles del cliente y cambia la *Lista de precios de venta* "
"en la pestaña *Ventas y compras*."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45
msgid "Temporary prices"
msgstr "Precios temporales"
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47
msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates."
msgstr ""
"Aplica ofertas para días festivos, etc. Ingresa las fechas de inicio y "
"finalización."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53
msgid ""
"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals "
"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over."
@ -962,11 +977,11 @@ msgstr ""
"precios fuera del período de ofertas. De lo contrario, podrías tener "
"problemas una vez finalizado el período."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57
msgid "Prices per minimum quantity"
msgstr "Precios por cantidad mínima."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63
msgid ""
"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first "
"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities."
@ -975,35 +990,28 @@ msgstr ""
"primeros precios que coinciden con la fecha del pedido y / o las cantidades "
"mínimas."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67
msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings"
msgstr "Descuentos, márgenes, redondeos."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62
msgid ""
"The third option allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative "
"to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another "
"pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be "
"forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). "
"Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either "
"(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)."
msgstr ""
"La tercera opción permite establecer reglas de cambio de precio. Los cambios"
" pueden ser relativos a la lista de productos / precio de catálogo, el "
"precio de costo del producto o a otra lista de precios. Los cambios se "
"calculan a través de descuentos o recargos y se pueden forzar para que se "
"ajusten al piso (margen mínimo) y los límites máximos (márgenes máximos). "
"Los precios se pueden redondear al centavo / dólar más cercano o al múltiplo"
" de cualquiera (5 centavos más cercanos, 10 dólares más cercanos)."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69
msgid ""
"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. "
"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost "
"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or "
"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and "
"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar"
" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76
msgid ""
"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`"
" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use "
"e-Commerce)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84
msgid ""
"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product "
"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second"
@ -1014,7 +1022,7 @@ msgstr ""
"producto específico. Al igual que en la segunda opción, puede establecer "
"fechas y cantidades mínimas."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91
msgid ""
"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and "
"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item."
@ -1023,43 +1031,43 @@ msgstr ""
"artículo en particular y otra para su categoría, Odoo tomará la regla del "
"artículo."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93
msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products."
msgstr ""
"Asegúrate de que al menos un artículo de la lista de precios cubra todos sus"
" productos."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95
msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula."
msgstr "Hay 3 modos de cálculo: precio fijo, descuento y fórmula."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100
msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas."
msgstr ""
"Aquí hay diferentes configuraciones de precios posibles gracias a las "
"fórmulas."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103
msgid "Discounts with roundings"
msgstr "Descuentos con redondeos."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105
msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99."
msgstr "p.ej. Descuentos del 20% con precios redondeados hasta 9.99."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111
msgid "Costs with markups (retail)"
msgstr "Costos con recargos (venta minorista)"
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113
msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119
msgid "Prices per country"
msgstr "Precios por pais"
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120
msgid ""
"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo "
"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the "
@ -1072,23 +1080,23 @@ msgstr ""
"En caso de que no se establezca un país para el cliente, Odoo toma la "
"primera lista de precios sin ningún grupo de países."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123
msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order."
msgstr ""
"La lista de precios predeterminada se puede reemplazar al crear un pedido de"
" venta."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125
msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view."
msgstr ""
"Puede cambiar la secuencia de listas de precios arrastrando y soltando en la"
" vista de lista."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128
msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers"
msgstr "Calcular y mostrar % de descuento a los clientes."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130
msgid ""
"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount"
" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:"
@ -1097,7 +1105,7 @@ msgstr ""
"calculado en pedidos de venta impresos y en tu catálogo de comercio "
"electrónico. Para hacerlo:"
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132
msgid ""
"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> "
"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`."
@ -1106,16 +1114,16 @@ msgstr ""
" :menuselection: 'Ventas --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Cotizaciones & "
"Ventas --> Descuentos'."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133
msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form."
msgstr ""
"Aplica la opción en el formulario de configuración de la lista de precios."
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140
msgid ":doc:`currencies`"
msgstr ":doc:`currencies`"
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141
msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
@ -1256,15 +1264,11 @@ msgstr "Motiva a los clientes con fecha límite de cotizaciones"
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5
msgid ""
"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline; Both to"
"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to"
" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer "
"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a "
"price that is no longer cost effective for you."
msgstr ""
"Al enviar cotizaciones, es importante establecer una fecha límite de "
"cotización; Tanto para motivar a tu cliente a acción con el temor de "
"perderse una oferta y protegerse. No desea tener que cumplir un pedido a un "
"precio que ya no es rentable para usted."
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11
msgid "Set a deadline"
@ -1295,8 +1299,8 @@ msgstr ""
"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_."
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29
msgid "On your customer side, they will see this."
msgstr "En tu lado del cliente, verán esto."
msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3
msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses"

715
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,715 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2019
# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:35+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: es\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../support.rst:5
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Soporte"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6
msgid "Supported versions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11
msgid ""
"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes "
"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not "
"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17
msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19
msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21
msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "Odoo.sh"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "On-Premise"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "Release date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
msgid "**Odoo 13.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "🟢"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
msgid "October 2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "N/A"
msgstr "N/A"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
msgid "August 2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
msgid "**Odoo 12.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
msgid "October 2018"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
msgid "April 2018"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "**Odoo 11.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "October 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "🟠"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
msgid "March 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
msgid "January 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
msgid "**Odoo 10.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "🔴"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
msgid "October 2016"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
msgid "May 2016"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
msgid "**Odoo 9.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
msgid "October 2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
msgid "February 2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "**Odoo 8.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "September 2014"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54
msgid "🟢 Supported version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56
msgid "🔴 End-of-support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58
msgid "N/A Never released for this platform"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60
msgid ""
"🟠 Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online "
"servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62
msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:66
msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:68
msgid ""
"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:70
msgid ""
"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:72
msgid ""
"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6
msgid "Contribute to the documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9
msgid "First of all..."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11
msgid ""
"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user "
"documentation of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15
msgid "Edit an existing page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17
msgid ""
"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub "
"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-"
"account>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18
msgid ""
"Pick a page in our `user documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing "
"the right version of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19
msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25
msgid ""
"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork "
"repository**, else you won't see this step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26
msgid ""
"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax "
"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's "
"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a "
"quick overview of RST commands."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32
msgid ""
"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable"
" format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38
msgid ""
"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your "
"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the "
"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a "
"longer explanation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44
msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45
msgid "Click on **Create pull request**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46
msgid ""
"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your "
"help!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49
msgid ""
"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51
msgid ""
"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in "
"your contribution message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55
msgid "RST Cheat Sheet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57
msgid ""
"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Code"
msgstr "Código"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Display"
msgstr "Mostrar en pantalla"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Comments"
msgstr "Comentarios"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62
msgid "Text in *italics*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66
msgid "Text in **bold** letters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
msgid "Numbered"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77
msgid "Bullet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78
msgid "List"
msgstr "Lista"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
msgid ""
"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard "
"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90
msgid ""
"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation "
"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of "
"RST."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94
msgid "Add images to your documents"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98
msgid ""
"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the "
"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on "
"improving this."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101
msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103
msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104
msgid ""
"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large"
" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106
msgid ""
"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include "
"any personal data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108
msgid ""
"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page "
"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109
msgid ""
"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117
msgid "Submit your changes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128
msgid "Technical Details for Nerds"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130
msgid ""
"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository "
"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request "
"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133
msgid ""
"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-"
"user/blob/12.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138
msgid "Developer documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140
msgid ""
"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside "
"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/12.0/doc>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143
msgid ""
"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related "
"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36
msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12
msgid "5 days a week"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
msgstr ""
"Tu subscripción online incluye **soporte ilimitado 24 horas sin costo extra,"
" Lunes a Viernes**. Nuestros equipos estan localizados alrededor del mundo "
"para asegurar que tengas soporte, sin importar tu localización. Tu "
"representativo de soporte puede comunicarse contigo desde San Francisco, "
"Bélgica, o India!"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
"Nuestro equipo de soporte puede ser contactado a través de nuestra `forma de"
" soporte online <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte está incluido?"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
msgstr ""
"Proveerte con material relevante (guías, documentación de producto, etc...)"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
"Respuestas para asegurar que puedes encontrarte en tu database de Odoo "
"stándar (ej. \"No puedo cerrar my Punto de Venta\" o \"¿No puedo encontrar "
"los KPI's de ventas?)"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr "Preguntas relacionadas con tu cuenta, subscripción, o facturación."
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
"Resolución de problemas (bloquear problemas o comportamientos inesperados no"
" por desconfiguración o customización)"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
"Situaciones que pueden ocurrir en una base de datos de prueba despues de "
"actualizar a la nueva versión "
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives "
"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
"*Soporte de Odoo no hace cambios a tu base de datos de producción, pero te "
"entrega material y conocimiento para que lo hagas tu mismo!*"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte no está incluido?"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
"Preguntas que requieren que entendamos tu proceso de negocio para así "
"ayudarte a implementar tu base de datos"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
"Entrenamiento en cómo usar tu Software (te direccionaremos a nuestros "
"variados recursos)"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44
msgid "Import of documents into your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
"Guía en qué configuraciones aplicar dentro de una aplicación o la base de "
"datos"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
"Como fijar modelos de configuración (Ejemplos incluyen: Rutas de Inventario,"
" Términos de Pagos, Bodegas, etc)"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48
msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49
msgid ""
"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, "
"etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
"Preguntas o situaciones relacionadas a desarrollos específicos o "
"customizaciones hechas por Odoo o un tercero (esto es específico sólo para "
"tu base de datos o código involvente)"
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Puedes tener este tipo de soporte con un `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. Con un pack, uno de nuestros consultantes analizará la "
"manera que manejas tu negocio y decirte cómo puedes obtener lo mejor de tu "
"base de datos de Odoo. Manejaremos todas las configuraciones y te "
"entrenaremos en cómo usar Odoo."
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6
msgid "Where to find help?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10
msgid "Odoo Enterprise"
msgstr "Odoo Enterprise"
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12
msgid ""
"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our "
"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no "
"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own "
"server)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14
msgid "Please include in your request:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
msgid "your subscription number,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17
msgid ""
"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also "
"send the URL of your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19
msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23
msgid "Odoo Community"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30
msgid ""
"Ask your question on the `community forum "
"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
msgid ""
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and "
"bugfix services."
msgstr ""

2184
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1746
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

54
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-03 08:44+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -166,12 +166,9 @@ msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|"
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16
msgid ""
"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on "
"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on "
"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically."
msgstr ""
"Quand l'application CRM est installée, vous profitez, sur votre site web "
"Odoo, d'un formulaire de contact prêt à l'emploi qui génère automatiquement "
"pistes/opportunités."
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23
msgid ""
@ -192,52 +189,35 @@ msgstr "Créer un formulaire de contact personnalisé"
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34
msgid ""
"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form "
"to contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your "
"website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the "
"system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, "
"etc...)"
"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These "
"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, "
"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez vouloir en apprendre plus sur vos visiteurs quand ils utilisent "
"le formulaire de contact pour vous joindre. Vous aurez alors besoin de "
"construire un formulaire de contact personnalisé sur votre site web. Ces "
"formulaires de contact peuvent générer de nombreux types d'enregistrements "
"dans le système (e-mails, pistes/opportunités, tâches, tickets de demande "
"d'assistance, etc…)"
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43
msgid ""
"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in "
"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in "
"Odoo Enterprise."
msgstr ""
"Vous aurez besoin d'installer le module gratuit *Constructeur de "
"formulaires*. Accessible uniquement dans Odoo Entreprise."
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52
msgid ""
"From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag the "
"form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you "
"wish."
"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode,"
" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the "
"fields you wish."
msgstr ""
"Depuis n'importe quelle page où vous voulez inclure votre formulaire de "
"contact, placez-vous en mode édition et glissez/déposez le constructeur de "
"formulaire. Vous pourrez alors ajouter tous les champs que vous souhaitez."
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59
msgid ""
"By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to "
"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to "
"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, tout nouveau formulaire de contact enverra un e-mail, vous "
"pouvez remplacer ce mécanisme par la génération de piste/opportunité dans "
"*Modifier les paramètres du formulaire*."
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63
msgid ""
"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second information will"
" be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter."
"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be "
"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter."
msgstr ""
"Si un même visiteur utilise le formulaire de contact deux fois, la seconde "
"information sera ajoutée à la première piste/opportunité dans le chatter."
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67
msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities"
@ -245,14 +225,10 @@ msgstr "Générer des pistes plutôt que des opportunités"
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69
msgid ""
"When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step before "
"assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM "
"settings and refer to :doc:`convert`."
"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before "
"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in "
"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous utilisez un formulaire de contact, il est recommandé de passer "
"par une étape de qualification avant d'assigner ces informations à la bonne "
"équipe commerciale. Pour ce faire, activez *Pistes* dans les paramètres du "
"CRM et reportez-vous à :doc:`convert`."
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3
msgid "Send quotations"

309
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
View File

@ -3,14 +3,20 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2018
# Rémi FRANÇOIS <remi@sudokeys.com>, 2018
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -111,68 +117,152 @@ msgstr "Mettre à jour"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
msgid ""
"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the"
" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, "
"click on the \"Upgrade\" button."
"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation "
"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test"
" the process before upgrading your production database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57
msgid ""
"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading "
"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online "
"experience."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
msgid ""
"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will"
" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
"released a more recent version during your tests)."
"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps "
"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In "
"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user"
" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, "
"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
msgid ""
"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be "
"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will "
"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database."
"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade "
"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least "
"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps "
"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. "
"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order "
"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of "
"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73
msgid ""
"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test "
"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified "
"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74
msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76
msgid "You request a test upgrade"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
msgid ""
"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data "
"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual "
"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)."
"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79
msgid ""
"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the "
"same."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
msgid ""
"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, "
"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on "
"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production "
"database to the new version."
"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and "
"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84
msgid ""
"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the "
"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87
msgid ""
"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. "
"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94
msgid ""
"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will "
"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
"released a more recent version during your tests)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
msgid ""
"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be "
"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a "
"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead"
" and asking another request will not be possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108
msgid ""
"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it "
"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test "
"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be "
"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent "
"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be "
"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you "
"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116
msgid ""
"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**"
" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work "
"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might "
"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you "
"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make "
"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your "
"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124
msgid ""
"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade"
" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading "
"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being "
"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
msgid ""
"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click "
"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button "
"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new "
"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes"
" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once "
"the process is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
msgid ""
"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between "
"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your "
"migration during non-business hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146
msgid "Duplicating a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial "
"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" "
"database can duplicate without problem."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
@ -183,37 +273,37 @@ msgstr ""
"cliquer sur **Dupliquer**. Vous devrez donner un nom à votre copie, puis "
"cliquez sur **Dupliquer la base de données**."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
msgid ""
"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a"
" database, all external communication will remain active:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr "Les courriels sont envoyés"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165
msgid ""
"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for "
"example)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr "Les bons de livraison (fournisseurs d'expédition) sont envoyés"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170
msgid "Etc."
msgstr "Etc."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172
msgid ""
"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these "
"behaviours to be disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
@ -222,16 +312,16 @@ msgstr ""
"données. Notez que l'URL utilise le nom que vous avez choisi lors de la "
"duplication."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr ""
"Les copies de bases de données expirent automatiquement après 15 jours."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187
msgid "Rename a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189
msgid ""
"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you "
"want to rename, access the `database management page "
@ -239,15 +329,15 @@ msgid ""
"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200
msgid "Deleting a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202
msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204
msgid ""
"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The "
"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant "
@ -255,45 +345,45 @@ msgid ""
"backup may be several hours old at that point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210
msgid ""
"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, "
"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" "
"button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217
msgid ""
"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you "
"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload "
"automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227
msgid ""
"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229
msgid ""
"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a "
"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233
msgid ""
"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
msgid "On-premise Database management"
msgid "On-premises Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
@ -320,8 +410,9 @@ msgid ""
"message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143
msgid "Solutions"
msgstr ""
@ -365,7 +456,7 @@ msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
msgid ""
"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
@ -395,41 +486,66 @@ msgid ""
"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80
msgid "Check your network and firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
msgid ""
"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation"
" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open "
"outgoing connections towards:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86
msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87
msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89
msgid ""
"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the "
"Update notification runs once a week."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95
msgid "Error message due to too many users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
msgid ""
"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106
msgid ""
"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
"countdown is updated everyday."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112
msgid ""
"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the "
"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115
msgid "or"
msgstr "ou"
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117
msgid ""
"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com "
"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"/documentation/user/12.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122
msgid ""
"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message "
"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification "
@ -438,102 +554,51 @@ msgid ""
"message disappear right away."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129
msgid "Database expired error message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131
msgid ""
"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your "
"subscription, you will encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139
msgid ""
"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30"
" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the "
"database is expired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
msgid ""
"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
"that"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146
msgid ""
"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be "
"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit "
"card payments are processed immediately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149
msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151
msgid ""
"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145
msgid "Force an Update Notification"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
msgid ""
"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-"
"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription"
" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will "
"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause "
"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications "
"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you"
" can force an Update using the following procedure:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154
msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155
msgid ""
"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right "
"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer"
" mode**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158
msgid ""
"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > "
"\"Scheduled Actions\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160
msgid ""
"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on "
"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165
msgid ""
"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive "
"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this "
"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the"
" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production "
"database will then be correctly identified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
msgid "Duplicate a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
msgid ""
"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
@ -544,7 +609,7 @@ msgstr ""
" cette page, vous pouvez facilement dupliquer votre base de données (entre "
"autres choses)."
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170
msgid ""
"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
@ -559,7 +624,7 @@ msgstr ""
"même UUID pourrait entraîner des problèmes de facturation ou des problèmes "
"d'iidentification à tous les niveaux."
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179
msgid ""
"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "

62
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

@ -13,9 +13,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -110,59 +110,59 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
"to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*"
" section. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation "
"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in "
"`Google documentation "
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
msgid ""
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
msgid ""
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62
msgid ""
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66
msgid ""
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69
msgid ""
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
"usually happens more quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
msgid ""
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77
msgid "Allow DKIM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
msgid ""
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
@ -172,22 +172,22 @@ msgid ""
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90
msgid ""
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
"alias (**catchall@**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94
msgid ""
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
@ -195,58 +195,58 @@ msgid ""
"recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98
msgid ""
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101
msgid ""
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103
msgid ""
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105
msgid ""
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
"/project-management>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107
msgid ""
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
msgid "etc."
msgstr "etc."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
msgid ""
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115
msgid ""
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ msgid ""
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
@ -266,21 +266,21 @@ msgid ""
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138
msgid ""
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146
msgid ""
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "

309
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
View File

@ -6,19 +6,20 @@
# Translators:
# Clo <clo@odoo.com>, 2018
# Hamid Darabi, 2018
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018
# Xavier Brochard <xavier@alternatif.org>, 2019
# Rihab LOUKIL <loukil.rihab@gmail.com>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Adriana Ierfino <adriana.ierfino@savoirfairelinux.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Rihab LOUKIL <loukil.rihab@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Last-Translator: Adriana Ierfino <adriana.ierfino@savoirfairelinux.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -630,7 +631,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3
msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)"
msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5
@ -762,7 +763,6 @@ msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
msgid "Set up Odoo"
msgstr ""
@ -785,7 +785,6 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
msgid "Go live"
msgstr ""
@ -832,13 +831,11 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
msgid ":doc:`payment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
msgstr ""
@ -1126,190 +1123,292 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3
msgid "How to get paid with Paypal"
msgid "Configure your Paypal account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5
msgid ""
"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the "
"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any "
"starter."
"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any "
"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we "
"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow "
"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11
msgid "Set up your Paypal account"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12
msgid "Paypal account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14
msgid ""
"Create a `Paypal Business Account <https://www.paypal.com>`__ or upgrade "
"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account."
"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl "
"Business Account "
"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__"
" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal "
"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few "
"configuration steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18
msgid "Settings in Paypal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21
msgid ""
"Log in to `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ and open the settings of your "
"**Profile**."
"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a "
"seamless customer experience with Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22
msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27
msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23
msgid ""
"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*"
" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29
msgid "Auto Return"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31
msgid ""
"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: "
"<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the "
"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)."
"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the "
"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name "
"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. "
"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36
msgid ""
"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is "
"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo."
"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits "
"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or "
"Odoo databases."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43
msgid ""
"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment "
"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44
msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46
msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn"
msgid ""
"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as"
" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting "
"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. "
"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51
msgid ""
"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo "
"to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal "
"button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54
msgid "Paypal Account Optional"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56
msgid ""
"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as "
"**UTF-8**."
"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when "
"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might "
"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63
msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65
msgid ""
"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, "
"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on."
"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site "
"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the "
"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*"
" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually "
"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges "
"receipt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72
msgid ""
"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in "
"*Instant Payment Notification*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75
msgid ""
"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->"
" Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your "
"**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**."
"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” "
"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81
msgid "Payment Messages Format"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83
msgid ""
"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My "
"business info`."
"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. "
"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89
msgid ""
"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so,"
" open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**."
"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98
msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System"
" Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:"
"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the "
"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-"
"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-"
"payments-ewp>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94
msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104
msgid "Settings in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95
msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107
msgid "Activation"
msgstr "Activation"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109
msgid ""
"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your "
"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**."
"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce "
"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112
msgid "Transaction fees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113
msgid "Credentials"
msgstr "Identités"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114
msgid ""
"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal"
" charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied"
" to the order amount."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115
msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117
msgid ""
"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in "
"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below."
msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119
msgid ""
"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees "
"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__."
"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in "
"*Profile > About the business*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128
msgid "Test the payment flow"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121
msgid ""
"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained"
" here above."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127
msgid "Transaction fees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129
msgid ""
"You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts."
"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to "
"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, "
"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132
msgid ""
"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ with your"
" Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:"
"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in "
"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138
msgid ""
"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-"
"fees>`__ to set up fees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141
msgid ""
"..note:: `Traders in the EU "
"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-"
"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying "
"with credit cards."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145
msgid "Go live!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147
msgid ""
"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then"
" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to"
" it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156
msgid ""
"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales "
"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting "
"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is "
"processed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165
msgid "Test environment"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167
msgid ""
"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox "
"accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169
msgid ""
"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with "
"your Paypal credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171
msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173
msgid ""
"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. "
"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)."
"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com "
"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175
msgid ""
"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. "
"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)."
"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177
msgid ""
"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ with the "
"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions."
"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same "
"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make "
"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the "
"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not "
"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142
msgid ""
"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on "
"*Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not "
"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the "
"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be "
"automatically generated when the transaction is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183
msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185
msgid "See also"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187
msgid ""
"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189
msgid ""
"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
msgstr ""

146
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
View File

@ -4,19 +4,19 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# Florian Hatat, 2018
# Bertrand LATOUR <divoir@gmail.com>, 2018
# 1d432ba7e4292878d212aa334c4d2933, 2018
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: 1d432ba7e4292878d212aa334c4d2933, 2018\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -32,6 +32,16 @@ msgstr "Général"
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Identification"
#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3
msgid "OAuth"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5
msgid ""
"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft "
"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
msgstr ""
@ -90,6 +100,60 @@ msgid ""
"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3
msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5
msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7
msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15
msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20
msgid ""
"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port "
"it listens to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22
msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27
msgid ""
"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query"
" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32
msgid ""
"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP "
"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34
msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39
msgid ""
"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a "
"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41
msgid ""
"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If "
"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
msgid "Data Import"
msgstr "Importation de données"
@ -282,12 +346,12 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
msgid ""
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess"
" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can"
" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be "
"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month "
"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the"
" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'."
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to "
"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While "
"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be "
"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is "
"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is "
"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
@ -757,6 +821,14 @@ msgid ""
"users>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "À faire"
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47
msgid "Add link to How to add companies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
msgstr ""
@ -842,62 +914,84 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6
msgid ""
"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow"
" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo"
" Unsplash key in a transparent way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9
msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11
msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to your `applications dashboard "
"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New "
"Application**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18
msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a "
"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**."
"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so "
"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on "
"**Create application**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28
msgid ""
"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit"
" to find your **access key**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34
msgid ""
"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production "
"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of "
"50 Unsplash requests per hour."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37
msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3
msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6
msgid ""
"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this "
"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/unsplash_access_key.html>`_."
"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8
msgid ""
"Go to your `applications dashboard "
"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created "
"Unsplash application under **Your applications**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13
msgid ""
"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application "
"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like"
" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``"
" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19
msgid ""
"Note that if you `apply for a production account "
"<https://unsplash.com/documentation#registering-your-application>`_ and it "
"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be "
"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page."
"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production "
"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash "
"requests per hour restriction."
msgstr ""

107
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@ -172,10 +172,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118
msgid ""
"`The User Story <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-story>`__: "
"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, "
"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant"
" who will provide a response to the HOW."
"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities "
"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, "
"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126
@ -373,100 +372,10 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your "
"questions or technical issues."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:264
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives "
"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:279
msgid "Importation of documents into your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`."
msgstr ""

13
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
View File

@ -3,13 +3,18 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018
# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2018
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@ -128,7 +133,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
"documentation `*here* "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91

302
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

@ -18,7 +18,6 @@
# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2018
# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2018
# Lionel Sausin <ls@numerigraphe.com>, 2018
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# Clo <clo@odoo.com>, 2018
# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2018
# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2018
@ -26,15 +25,16 @@
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018
# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2018
# Thomas Dobbelsteyn <tdo@odoo.com>, 2018
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Thomas Dobbelsteyn <tdo@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -382,16 +382,16 @@ msgid ""
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to"
" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check "
"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
msgid ""
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using "
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using "
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
" it is essential to test it first."
@ -440,21 +440,11 @@ msgid ""
"the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17
msgid ""
"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more "
"actions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19
msgid "Document: |download_barcode|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12
msgid "Set products barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17
msgid ""
"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure"
" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this "
@ -465,18 +455,18 @@ msgid ""
"interface can also be accessed via the planner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28
msgid ""
"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and "
"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate "
"them)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33
msgid "Set locations barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38
msgid ""
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
@ -487,17 +477,17 @@ msgid ""
"paper."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
msgid ""
"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short "
"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54
msgid "Barcode formats"
msgstr "Formats de code-barre"
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56
msgid ""
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering "
@ -505,7 +495,7 @@ msgid ""
"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61
msgid ""
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define "
"your own barcode format for internal use."
@ -785,7 +775,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30
@ -958,6 +948,66 @@ msgstr ""
"vous souhaitez réapprovisionner vos stocks seulement si votre vente est "
"confirmée, il est préférable d'utiliser l'Approvisionnement à la commande."
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the "
"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, "
"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure"
" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set"
" those virtual warehouses."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12
msgid "Set up virtual warehouses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14
msgid ""
"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new"
" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock "
"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the "
"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on "
"create."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24
msgid ""
"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, "
"because you will need it later in the process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27
msgid ""
"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and "
"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A"
" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two "
"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse"
" A+B."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37
msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39
msgid ""
"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in"
" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. "
"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47
msgid ""
"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery"
" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse"
" A and one in warehouse B."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3
msgid "Delivery Orders"
msgstr "Livraisons"
@ -1256,9 +1306,8 @@ msgstr ""
"Ajoutez un fournisseur aux articles que vous voulez livrer directement."
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74
msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers"
msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers"
msgstr ""
"Comment renvoyer des articles directement des clients aux fournisseurs ?"
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76
msgid ""
@ -1304,6 +1353,23 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`"
msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow`"
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "À faire"
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106
msgid ""
"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of "
"my vendors?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3
msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?"
msgstr ""
@ -1593,6 +1659,18 @@ msgstr ""
"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page, ce qui indique"
" que la commande a été expédiée au client."
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64
msgid ""
"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: "
"From sales orders to delivery orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133
msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3
msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?"
msgstr ""
@ -1836,12 +1914,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84
msgid ""
"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General "
"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General "
"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**."
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer vos dates de sécurité, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration"
" --> Paramètres Généraux` et cliquez sur **Configurer les données de la "
"société**."
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90
msgid ""
@ -2248,6 +2323,12 @@ msgstr ""
"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. La commande a "
"été expédiée au client."
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160
msgid ""
"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders"
" to delivery orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3
msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?"
msgstr ""
@ -2429,6 +2510,12 @@ msgstr ""
"indiquer **Terminé** dans la ligne d'état en haut de la page. La commande a "
"été expédiée au client."
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130
msgid ""
"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From"
" sales orders to delivery orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3
msgid "Incoming Shipments"
msgstr "Réceptions"
@ -2537,6 +2624,11 @@ msgstr "C'est la configuration par défaut dans Odoo."
msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71
msgid ""
"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3
msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)"
msgstr ""
@ -3231,7 +3323,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68
msgid ""
"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will "
"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are "
"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are "
"moving those serial numbers."
msgstr ""
@ -4931,6 +5023,10 @@ msgstr ""
"si l'approvisionnement est :abbr:`MTO (Make To Order)` ou :abbr:`MTS (Make "
"To Stock)`"
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179
msgid "needs schema thing from FP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182
msgid "Routes"
msgstr "Routes"
@ -6115,7 +6211,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45
msgid ""
"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action "
"possibles :"
"possible :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48
@ -6124,11 +6220,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50
msgid ""
"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders."
"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53
msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders."
msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56
@ -6185,7 +6281,7 @@ msgid ""
"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales "
"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem "
"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in "
"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An "
"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An "
"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will "
"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the "
"inability to meet customer demand for the product."
@ -6452,94 +6548,44 @@ msgid "Product Costing"
msgstr "Coûts des Articles"
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3
msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?"
msgstr "Comment intégrer les coûts à l'arrivée dans le coût des articles ?"
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8
msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer."
msgid ""
"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10
msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk"
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8
msgid ""
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs "
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12
msgid ""
"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but "
"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have"
" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will "
"impact on company profits."
"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and "
"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application "
"to be installed)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21
msgid "Applications configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20
msgid ""
"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check "
"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & "
"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27
msgid "Add costs to products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29
msgid ""
"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> "
"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price "
"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click "
"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you"
" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. "
"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines "
"will be split accross your transfers lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40
msgid "Landed Cost Types"
msgstr "Types de coûts logistiques"
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42
msgid ""
"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed "
"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:50
msgid ""
"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time "
"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured "
"on the product category."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:55
msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57
msgid ""
"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
"Control --> Landed Costs`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:60
msgid ""
"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to "
"attribute landed costs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:66
msgid ""
"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend "
"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be "
"easier to keep track of your postings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:73
msgid ""
"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split "
"across the picking lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:79
msgid ""
"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button."
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38
msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3
@ -6796,7 +6842,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
msgid ""
"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot "
"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym "
"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy "
"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date."
msgstr ""
@ -7018,13 +7064,9 @@ msgstr "Comment utiliser différentes unités de mesure ?"
msgid ""
"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary."
" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of"
" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, "
" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, "
"you will need to convert the units."
msgstr ""
"Dans certains cas, la gestion d'articles avec différentes unités de mesure "
"est nécessaire. Par exemple, si vous achetez des produits dans un pays qui "
"utilise le système métrique, et les vendez dans un pays qui utilise le "
"système impérial, vous aurez besoin de convertir les unités."
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13
msgid ""
@ -7051,13 +7093,10 @@ msgstr "Définnissez des unités sur vos articles"
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29
msgid ""
"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which "
"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on "
"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you "
"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on "
"**Edit**."
msgstr ""
"Dans :menuselection:`Gestion des stocks --> Articles`, ouvrez l'article dont"
" vous souhaitez modifier l'unité de mesure d'achat/de vente, et cliquez sur "
"**Modifier**."
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32
msgid ""
@ -7201,6 +7240,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Mais le transfert est effectué dans l'unité de mesure de l'article. Tout est"
" automatiquement converti :"
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125
msgid ""
"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use "
"packages, units of measure or kits?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3
msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?"
msgstr "Quand utiliser des emballages, des unités de mesure ou des kits ?"
@ -7766,6 +7811,14 @@ msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous avez saisi toutes les valeurs supplémentaires, cliquez sur "
"**Sauvegarder**."
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226
msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227
msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3
msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?"
msgstr "Quelle sont les différences entre des entrepôts et des emplacements ?"
@ -8157,7 +8210,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
msgid ""
"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated."
"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you"
" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70

94
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po
View File

@ -10,16 +10,16 @@
# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2018
# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2018
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2018
# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019
# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -33,19 +33,19 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3
msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database"
msgstr "Connecteer een IoT Box aan uw databank"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5
msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database."
msgstr "Installeer de Internet of Things (IoT) App in uw Odoo Databank."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10
msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page."
msgstr "Ga naar de IoT App en klik op Connecteer met de IoT Boxes pagina."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15
msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box."
msgstr "Volg de stappen om uw IoT Box te connecteren"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21
msgid "Ethernet Connection"
@ -56,8 +56,6 @@ msgid ""
"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables"
" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"Connecteer aan de IoT Box alle apparaten die moeten worden verbonden met "
"kabels (ethernet, usb-apparaten, enz.)."
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26
msgid "Power on the IoT Box."
@ -65,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr "Mettez la POSBox sous tension"
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28
msgid "Then click on the Scan button."
msgstr "Klik vervolgens op de knop Scannen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34
msgid "WiFi Connection"
@ -115,6 +113,80 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "IoT Box Schema"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:3
msgid "Flashing your SD Card"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from"
" our latest updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:9
msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, "
"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install "
"and launch it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, download the latest image `here "
"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the "
"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to "
"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 "
"minutes for it to finish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:3
msgid "IoT Box not found"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:5
msgid ""
"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box"
" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you "
"can follow to find your IoT box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:10
msgid "HTTPS Issues"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:12
msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:14
msgid ""
"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts "
"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may"
" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:19
msgid ""
"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to "
"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image "
"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here "
"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3
msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS"
msgstr ""

25
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
View File

@ -3,13 +3,18 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2018
# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2018
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@ -23,8 +28,8 @@ msgid "Live Chat"
msgstr "Live Chat"
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8
msgid "Chat in live with website visitors"
msgstr "Discutez en direct avec les visiteurs du site web"
msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10
msgid ""
@ -132,15 +137,15 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92
msgid ""
"In practice, the conversations initiated by the visitors will appear in the "
"Discuss module and will also pop up as a direct message. Therefore, "
"inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo."
"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in "
"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be "
"answered wherever you are in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96
msgid ""
"If there several operators in charge of a channel, the system will dispatch "
"sessions randomly between them."
"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system "
"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100

102
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
View File

@ -3,14 +3,18 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -23,95 +27,17 @@ msgid "Mobile"
msgstr "Mobile"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging"
msgstr ""
msgid "Push Notifications"
msgstr "Notifications Push"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
msgid ""
"In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API "
"key."
"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push "
"notifications in the mobile app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
msgid ""
"If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or "
"Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android "
"app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18
msgid ""
"The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22
msgid "Firebase Settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25
msgid "Create a new project"
msgstr "Créer un nouveau projet"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27
msgid ""
"First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to "
"`https://console.firebase.google.com "
"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ and create a new project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34
msgid ""
"Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create "
"project**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37
msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39
msgid ""
"You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43
msgid "Add an app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45
msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50
msgid ""
"You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will "
"not work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56
msgid ""
"No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and "
"skip the fourth step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60
msgid "Get generated API key"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62
msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67
msgid ""
"In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** "
"that you need to set in Odoo General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74
msgid "Settings in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76
msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging."
"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification "
"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked."
msgstr ""

663
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
View File

@ -11,15 +11,16 @@
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2018
# Julien Bertrand <jub@odoo.com>, 2018
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n"
"Last-Translator: André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -49,13 +50,13 @@ msgstr ""
"pour vous et vos clients."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:9
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10
#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration"
@ -64,8 +65,9 @@ msgid ""
"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
"Pour utiliser un lecteur de codes-barres, rendez-vous sur: menuselection: "
"`Point de Ventes -> Configuration -> Point de Ventes` et sélectionnez votre "
"interface PoS."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14
msgid ""
@ -76,16 +78,10 @@ msgstr ""
"sélectionnez-le."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21
msgid "You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD HYPERLINK)"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez en savoir plus au sujet de la nomenclature des codes-barres ici "
"(ADD HYPERLINK)"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:25
msgid "Add barcodes to product"
msgstr "Ajoutez des codes-barres à vos produits"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:27
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a "
"product."
@ -93,7 +89,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Catalogue --> Produits` et "
"sélectionnez un produit."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:30
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26
msgid ""
"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you "
"can input any barcode."
@ -101,11 +97,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Sous l'onglet Informations générales, vous pouvez trouver le champ du code-"
"barres dans lequel vous pouvez entrer n'importe quel code-barres."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:37
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33
msgid "Scanning products"
msgstr "Scannez des produits"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:39
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35
msgid ""
"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The "
"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple "
@ -116,235 +112,6 @@ msgstr ""
"même produit pour l'ajouter plusieurs fois ou alors modifier la quantité "
"manuellement sur l'écran."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3
msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner"
msgstr "Utilisez des étiquettes de remise avec un scanner de codes-barres"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting "
"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They "
"allow you to scan discount barcodes."
msgstr ""
"Si vous souhaitez vendre vos produits avec un rabais, par exemple pour un "
"produit se rapprochant de sa date d'expiration, vous pouvez utiliser des "
"étiquettes de remise. Ils vous permettent de scanner des codes-barres à prix"
" réduit."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10
msgid ""
"To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner, you can see the"
" documentation about it `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d"
"/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__"
msgstr ""
"Pour utiliser les étiquettes de remise, vous devrez utiliser un scanner de "
"codes-barres, vous pouvez lire la documentation à ce sujet `ici "
"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-"
"cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:15
msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
msgstr "Nomenclature de code-barres"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:17
msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature."
msgstr ""
"Pour utiliser les étiquettes de remises, nous devons apprendre la "
"nomenclature des codes-barres."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:19
msgid ""
"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following "
"barcode:"
msgstr ""
"Supposons que vous souhaitiez bénéficier d'une remise sur le produit avec le"
" code-barres suivant:"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS "
"interface."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez trouver la *Nomenclature par défaut* dans les paramètres de "
"votre interface PdV."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34
msgid ""
"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode "
"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) "
"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:"
msgstr ""
"Disons que vous voulez 50% de remise sur un produit, vous devez commencer "
"votre code-barres par 22 (pour la nomenclature du code-barres de réduction) "
"puis 50 (pour le%) avant d'ajouter le code-barres du produit. Dans notre "
"exemple, le code-barres serait:"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43
msgid "Scan the products & tags"
msgstr "Scannez les produits et tags"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45
msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)."
msgstr ""
"Vous devez d'abord scanner le produit désiré (dans notre cas, un citron)."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:50
msgid ""
"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can "
"finish the transaction."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite scannez l'étiquette de remise. La réduction sera appliquée et vous "
"pourrez terminer la transaction."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3
msgid "Manage a loyalty program"
msgstr "Gérez un programme de fidélité"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:5
msgid ""
"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a "
"*Loyalty Program*."
msgstr ""
"Encouragez vos clients à continuer à faire leurs achats dans votre Point de "
"Vente avec un *programme de fidélité*."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:11
msgid ""
"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. "
"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*"
msgstr ""
"Pour activer la fonction *Programme Fidélité*, allez à :menuselection:`Point"
" de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre "
"interface PdV. Sous les fonctionnalités de Tarif, sélectionnez *Programme "
"de fidélité*"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:19
msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs."
msgstr "De là, vous pouvez créer et éditer vos programmes de fidélité."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a "
"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole "
"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and "
"everything in between."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez décider du type de programme que vous souhaitez utiliser, si la "
"récompense est un rabais ou un cadeau, le rendre spécifique à certains "
"produits ou couvrir toute votre gamme. Appliquez des règles pour qu'elles ne"
" soient valides que dans une situation spécifique et tout ce qui se trouve "
"entre les deux."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:30
msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface"
msgstr "Utilisez le programme de fidélité dans votre interface PdV"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:32
msgid ""
"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the "
"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent "
"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the "
"rules defined in the loyalty program."
msgstr ""
"Lorsqu'un client est défini, vous verrez désormais les points qu'il "
"obtiendra pour la transaction et ils s'accumuleront jusqu'à ce qu'ils soient"
" dépensés. Ils sont dépensés en utilisant le bouton *Récompenses* quand ils "
"ont assez de points selon les règles définies dans le programme de fidélité."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can"
" finalize the order in your usual way."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez voir que le prix est instantanément mis à jour pour refléter la "
"liste de prix. Vous pouvez finaliser la commande de votre manière "
"habituelle."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:49
msgid ""
"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You "
"can of course change it."
msgstr ""
"Si vous sélectionnez un client avec une liste de prix par défaut, il sera "
"appliqué. Vous pouvez bien sûr en changer."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3
msgid "Apply manual discounts"
msgstr "Appliquez des remises manuelles"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest "
"solution for your Point of Sale."
msgstr ""
"Si vous utilisez rarement des remises, appliquer des remises manuelles peut "
"être la solution la plus simple pour votre point de vente."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8
msgid ""
"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez soit appliquer une réduction sur l'ensemble de la commande ou "
"sur des produits spécifiques."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:12
msgid "Apply a discount on a product"
msgstr "Appliquez une remise sur un produit"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:14
msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button."
msgstr "Depuis votre interface de session, utilisez le bouton *Rem* ."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:19
msgid ""
"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is "
"currently selected and the discount will be applied."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez ensuite entrer une remise (en pourcentage) sur le produit "
"actuellement sélectionné et la réduction sera appliquée."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:23
msgid "Apply a global discount"
msgstr "Appliquez une remise globale"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25
msgid ""
"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
"Pour appliquer une remise sur l'ensemble de la commande, rendez-vous sur "
":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et "
"sélectionnez votre interface PdV."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:28
msgid ""
"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it."
msgstr ""
"Sous la catégorie *Prix* , vous trouverez *Remise Globales* sélectionnez-le."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:34
msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
"Vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton *Remise* dans votre interface PoS."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:39
msgid ""
"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)."
msgstr ""
"Une fois cliqué vous pouvez alors entrer la remise désirée (en "
"pourcentages)."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:44
msgid ""
"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific "
"product discount also at 50%."
msgstr ""
"Sur cet exemple, vous pouvez voir une réduction globale de 50% ainsi qu'une "
"réduction de 50% spécifique au produit."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3
msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury"
msgstr "Acceptez le paiement par carte de crédit en utilisant Mercury"
@ -551,11 +318,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10
msgid ""
"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
"Pour activer la fonction *Ré-impression du reçu*, allez à :menuelection: "
"`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre "
"interface PdV."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13
msgid ""
@ -564,21 +328,324 @@ msgstr ""
"Dans la catégorie Bills & Receipts, vous trouverez l'option *Ré-impression "
"du reçu*."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:20
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17
msgid ""
"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the "
"receipt printer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23
msgid "Reprint a receipt"
msgstr "Ré-imprimer un reçu"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:22
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25
msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button."
msgstr ""
"Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Ré-impression du "
"reçu*."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30
msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous l'utilisez, vous pouvez ensuite réimprimer votre dernier reçu."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Pricing Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3
msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner"
msgstr "Utilisez des étiquettes de remise avec un scanner de codes-barres"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting "
"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They "
"allow you to scan discount barcodes."
msgstr ""
"Si vous souhaitez vendre vos produits avec un rabais, par exemple pour un "
"produit se rapprochant de sa date d'expiration, vous pouvez utiliser des "
"étiquettes de remise. Ils vous permettent de scanner des codes-barres à prix"
" réduit."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10
msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13
msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
msgstr "Nomenclature de code-barres"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15
msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature."
msgstr ""
"Pour utiliser les étiquettes de remises, nous devons apprendre la "
"nomenclature des codes-barres."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17
msgid ""
"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following "
"barcode:"
msgstr ""
"Supposons que vous souhaitiez bénéficier d'une remise sur le produit avec le"
" code-barres suivant:"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS "
"interface."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez trouver la *Nomenclature par défaut* dans les paramètres de "
"votre interface PdV."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32
msgid ""
"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode "
"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) "
"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:"
msgstr ""
"Disons que vous voulez 50% de remise sur un produit, vous devez commencer "
"votre code-barres par 22 (pour la nomenclature du code-barres de réduction) "
"puis 50 (pour le%) avant d'ajouter le code-barres du produit. Dans notre "
"exemple, le code-barres serait:"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41
msgid "Scan the products & tags"
msgstr "Scannez les produits et tags"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43
msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)."
msgstr ""
"Vous devez d'abord scanner le produit désiré (dans notre cas, un citron)."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48
msgid ""
"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can "
"finish the transaction."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite scannez l'étiquette de remise. La réduction sera appliquée et vous "
"pourrez terminer la transaction."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3
msgid "Manage a loyalty program"
msgstr "Gérez un programme de fidélité"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5
msgid ""
"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a "
"*Loyalty Program*."
msgstr ""
"Encouragez vos clients à continuer à faire leurs achats dans votre Point de "
"Vente avec un *programme de fidélité*."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11
msgid ""
"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. "
"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*"
msgstr ""
"Pour activer la fonction *Programme Fidélité*, allez à :menuselection:`Point"
" de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre "
"interface PdV. Sous les fonctionnalités de Tarif, sélectionnez *Programme "
"de fidélité*"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19
msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs."
msgstr "De là, vous pouvez créer et éditer vos programmes de fidélité."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a "
"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole "
"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and "
"everything in between."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez décider du type de programme que vous souhaitez utiliser, si la "
"récompense est un rabais ou un cadeau, le rendre spécifique à certains "
"produits ou couvrir toute votre gamme. Appliquez des règles pour qu'elles ne"
" soient valides que dans une situation spécifique et tout ce qui se trouve "
"entre les deux."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30
msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface"
msgstr "Utilisez le programme de fidélité dans votre interface PdV"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32
msgid ""
"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the "
"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent "
"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the "
"rules defined in the loyalty program."
msgstr ""
"Lorsqu'un client est défini, vous verrez désormais les points qu'il "
"obtiendra pour la transaction et ils s'accumuleront jusqu'à ce qu'ils soient"
" dépensés. Ils sont dépensés en utilisant le bouton *Récompenses* quand ils "
"ont assez de points selon les règles définies dans le programme de fidélité."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can"
" finalize the order in your usual way."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez voir que le prix est instantanément mis à jour pour refléter la "
"liste de prix. Vous pouvez finaliser la commande de votre manière "
"habituelle."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49
msgid ""
"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You "
"can of course change it."
msgstr ""
"Si vous sélectionnez un client avec une liste de prix par défaut, il sera "
"appliqué. Vous pouvez bien sûr en changer."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3
msgid "Apply manual discounts"
msgstr "Appliquez des remises manuelles"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest "
"solution for your Point of Sale."
msgstr ""
"Si vous utilisez rarement des remises, appliquer des remises manuelles peut "
"être la solution la plus simple pour votre point de vente."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8
msgid ""
"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez soit appliquer une réduction sur l'ensemble de la commande ou "
"sur des produits spécifiques."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12
msgid "Apply a discount on a product"
msgstr "Appliquez une remise sur un produit"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14
msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button."
msgstr "Depuis votre interface de session, utilisez le bouton *Rem* ."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19
msgid ""
"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is "
"currently selected and the discount will be applied."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez ensuite entrer une remise (en pourcentage) sur le produit "
"actuellement sélectionné et la réduction sera appliquée."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23
msgid "Apply a global discount"
msgstr "Appliquez une remise globale"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25
msgid ""
"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
"Pour appliquer une remise sur l'ensemble de la commande, rendez-vous sur "
":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et "
"sélectionnez votre interface PdV."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28
msgid ""
"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it."
msgstr ""
"Sous la catégorie *Prix* , vous trouverez *Remise Globales* sélectionnez-le."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34
msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
"Vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton *Remise* dans votre interface PoS."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39
msgid ""
"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)."
msgstr ""
"Une fois cliqué vous pouvez alors entrer la remise désirée (en "
"pourcentages)."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44
msgid ""
"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific "
"product discount also at 50%."
msgstr ""
"Sur cet exemple, vous pouvez voir une réduction globale de 50% ainsi qu'une "
"réduction de 50% spécifique au produit."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3
msgid "Apply time-limited discounts"
msgstr "Appliquez des remises limitées dans le temps"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5
msgid ""
"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or "
"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a "
"pricing strategy tailored to your business."
msgstr ""
"Encouragez vos clients et augmentez vos revenus en offrant des remises "
"limitées dans le temps ou saisonnières. Odoo dispose d'une fonction poussée "
"de liste de prix pour soutenir une stratégie de tarification adaptée à votre"
" activité."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12
msgid ""
"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales "
"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
"Pour activer la fonction *Liste de Prix*, accédez à :menuselection:`Point de"
" vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et sélectionnez votre interface"
" PoS."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18
msgid ""
"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and "
"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking"
" on *Pricelists*."
msgstr ""
"Choisissez les listes de prix que vous souhaitez mettre à disposition dans "
"ce Point de Vente et définissez la liste de prix par défaut. Vous pouvez "
"accéder à toutes vos Listes de Prix en cliquant sur *Liste de prix*."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23
msgid "Create a pricelist"
msgstr "Créez une liste de prix"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25
msgid ""
"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to "
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`"
msgstr ""
"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to "
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31
msgid ""
"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. "
"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You "
"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the "
"whole range."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez définir plusieurs critères pour utiliser un prix spécifique: "
"périodes, quantité min. (répondre à une quantité minimum commandée et "
"obtenir une réduction de prix), etc. Vous pouvez également choisir "
"d'appliquer uniquement cette liste de prix sur des produits spécifiques ou "
"sur toute la gamme."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37
msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface"
msgstr "Utilisation d'une liste de prix dans l'interface PoS"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39
msgid ""
"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly "
"select the right pricelist."
msgstr ""
"Vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton au-dessus de celui nommé *Client*, "
"utilisez-le pour sélectionner instantanément la bonne liste de prix."
#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3
msgid "Analyze sales"
msgstr "Analysez les ventes"
@ -1150,15 +1217,14 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16
msgid ""
"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*."
" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS."
msgstr ""
"Sous la catégorie IoT Box / Hardware, vous trouverez *Imprimantes de "
"commandes*."
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:19
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20
msgid "Add a printer"
msgstr "Ajoutez une imprimante"
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:21
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22
msgid ""
"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where"
" you can add the printer."
@ -1166,23 +1232,23 @@ msgstr ""
"Dans votre menu de configuration, vous aurez maintenant une option "
"*Imprimantes de Commandes* où vous pouvez ajouter l'imprimante."
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:28
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29
msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order"
msgstr "Imprimer une commande de la cuisine/du bar"
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:33
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34
msgid "Select or create a printer."
msgstr "Sélectionnez ou créez une imprimante."
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:36
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37
msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar"
msgstr "Imprimer la commande dans la cuisine /le bar"
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:38
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39
msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button."
msgstr "Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Commande*."
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44
msgid ""
"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer."
msgstr ""
@ -1434,7 +1500,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Une fois sur l'interface de paiement, vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton"
" * Pourboires*"
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28
msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment."
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez le pourboire que votre client veut donner et passez au paiement."
@ -1699,74 +1765,3 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Comme vous pouvez le voir, le total est en négatif, pour terminer le "
"remboursement il vous suffit de traiter le paiement."
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3
msgid "Apply time-limited discounts"
msgstr "Appliquez des remises limitées dans le temps"
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:5
msgid ""
"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or "
"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a "
"pricing strategy tailored to your business."
msgstr ""
"Encouragez vos clients et augmentez vos revenus en offrant des remises "
"limitées dans le temps ou saisonnières. Odoo dispose d'une fonction poussée "
"de liste de prix pour soutenir une stratégie de tarification adaptée à votre"
" activité."
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:12
msgid ""
"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales "
"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
"Pour activer la fonction *Liste de Prix*, accédez à :menuselection:`Point de"
" vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et sélectionnez votre interface"
" PoS."
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:18
msgid ""
"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and "
"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking"
" on *Pricelists*."
msgstr ""
"Choisissez les listes de prix que vous souhaitez mettre à disposition dans "
"ce Point de Vente et définissez la liste de prix par défaut. Vous pouvez "
"accéder à toutes vos Listes de Prix en cliquant sur *Liste de prix*."
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23
msgid "Create a pricelist"
msgstr "Créez une liste de prix"
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25
msgid ""
"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to "
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`"
msgstr ""
"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to "
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`"
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31
msgid ""
"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. "
"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You "
"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the "
"whole range."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez définir plusieurs critères pour utiliser un prix spécifique: "
"périodes, quantité min. (répondre à une quantité minimum commandée et "
"obtenir une réduction de prix), etc. Vous pouvez également choisir "
"d'appliquer uniquement cette liste de prix sur des produits spécifiques ou "
"sur toute la gamme."
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:37
msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface"
msgstr "Utilisation d'une liste de prix dans l'interface PoS"
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:39
msgid ""
"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly "
"select the right pricelist."
msgstr ""
"Vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton au-dessus de celui nommé *Client*, "
"utilisez-le pour sélectionner instantanément la bonne liste de prix."

101
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
View File

@ -3,14 +3,17 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Sébastien Le Ray <sebastien-github@orniz.org>, 2018\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -24,16 +27,16 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
msgid ""
"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your "
"Subscriptions."
"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and "
"subscriptions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
msgid ""
"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just "
"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just"
" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
@ -43,23 +46,23 @@ msgstr "Devis"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
msgid ""
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to "
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
msgid ""
"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that"
" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you "
"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful "
"information."
"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is "
"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on "
"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the "
"pricing and other useful information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
msgid ""
"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the "
"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the "
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"."
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
@ -68,13 +71,13 @@ msgstr "Bons de commandes"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
msgid ""
"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. "
"will be registered under this section."
"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be"
" registered under this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
msgid ""
"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products "
"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products "
"purchased and process the payment."
msgstr ""
@ -84,15 +87,15 @@ msgstr "Factures"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
msgid ""
"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, "
"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate "
"you if the invoice has been paid."
"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in "
"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has"
" been paid."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
msgid ""
"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice or download a PDF version of the document."
"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
@ -101,64 +104,64 @@ msgstr "Tickets"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
msgid ""
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find "
"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our "
"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)."
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`,"
" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have "
"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and "
"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76
msgid "Subscriptions"
msgstr "Abonnements"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78
msgid ""
"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first "
"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first "
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84
msgid ""
"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding"
" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing "
"information and the payment method."
"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding "
"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, "
"and the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88
msgid ""
"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"the new credit card details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94
msgid ""
"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on "
"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on "
"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by "
"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click"
" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101
msgid ""
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will "
"no longer be able to access the database."
" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will"
" no longer be able to access the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108
msgid "Success Packs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
msgid ""
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115
msgid ""
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
":ref:`db_online`"

8
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
View File

@ -3,13 +3,17 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -19,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../practical.rst:3
msgid "Practical Information"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Informations Pratiques"

12
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
View File

@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: N D <norig.d@hotmail.fr>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -227,9 +227,13 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39
msgid ""
"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time "
"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module."
" Simply go into the application module and install the following:"
"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a"
" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time "
"spent on that task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41
msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47

458
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

@ -6,16 +6,16 @@
# Translators:
# Benjamin Frantzen, 2018
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14
@ -652,457 +652,55 @@ msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process."
msgstr "Une fois approuvé, le bon de commande suit le processus normal."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3
msgid "Control supplier bills"
msgstr ""
msgid "Bill Control"
msgstr "Contrôle de facture"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5
msgid ""
"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, "
"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place."
"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill"
" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after"
" you receive the goods."
msgstr ""
"L'application **Achats** vous permet de gérer vos commandes fournisseurs, la"
" réception des produits, et les factures fournisseurs, tout cela de façon "
"transparente et à un seul endroit."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12
msgid ""
"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you "
"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased"
" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase "
"management processes."
"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration "
"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills."
msgstr ""
"Si vous voulez mettre en place un processus de contrôle des factures "
"fournisseurs, la première chose que vous devez faire est d'avoir des données"
" d'achat dans Odoo. Savoir ce qui a été acheté et receptionné est la "
"première étape vers la compréhension de vos processus de gestion des achats."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13
msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:"
msgstr "Voici le cheminement standard dans Odoo :"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20
msgid "Change the control policy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22
msgid ""
"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your "
"vendor(s)."
"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can"
" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product "
"page under the *Purchase* tab."
msgstr ""
"Vous commencez avec une **Demande de Prix (DP)** à envoyer à vos "
"fournisseur(s)."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase "
"Order (PO)**."
"You might want to use different settings for different types of products."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que le vendeur a accepté la Demande de Prix, confirmez-la en **Bon "
"de Commande (BC)**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21
msgid ""
"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any "
"stockable products."
msgstr ""
"La confirmation du BC génère une **Expédition** si vous avez acheté des "
"produits stockables."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24
msgid ""
"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with "
"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy."
msgstr ""
"Lors de la réception d'une **Facture Fournisseur**, validez-la avec les "
"produits reçus à l'étape précédente pour en vérifier l'exactitude."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27
msgid ""
"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or "
"only one."
msgstr ""
"Ce processus peut être réalisé par trois personnes différentes au sein de "
"l'entreprise, ou une seule."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34
msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications"
msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill"
msgstr ""
"Installez les applications Gestion des achats et Gestion de l'inventaire"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36
msgid ""
"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and "
"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will "
"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications."
"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the "
"*Shipment* tab,"
msgstr ""
"À partir du module **Applications**, recherchez le module **Gestion des "
"achats** et installez-le. En raison de certaines dépendances, cela "
"installera aussi automatiquement les applications **Gestion de "
"l'inventaire** et **Comptabilité et finance**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41
msgid "Creating products"
msgstr "Création d'articles"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43
msgid ""
"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing "
"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**,"
" and click **Create**."
"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be "
"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of"
" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received "
"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above."
msgstr ""
"La création d'articles dans Odoo est essentielle pour des achats rapides et "
"efficaces avec Odoo. Il suffit de naviguer vers :menuselection:`Achat --> "
"Articles`, et de cliquer sur **Créer**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50
msgid ""
"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as "
"it is important:"
msgstr ""
"Lors de la création du produit, prêtez attention au champ **Type "
"d'article**, car il est important:"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53
msgid ""
"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to "
"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management "
"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products."
msgstr ""
"Les articles qui sont définis comme **Stockable** ou **Consommable** peuvent"
" être suivis en inventaire. Ces options impliquent la gestion des stocks et "
"la réception sur ces types d'articles."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58
msgid ""
"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** "
"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no "
"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either "
"of these designations."
msgstr ""
"A l'inverse, les articles qui sont définis comme **Service** ou **Produit "
"numérique** n'impliquent pas la gestion des stocks, tout simplement en "
"raison du fait qu'il n'y a pas d'inventaire à gérer. Vous ne pourrez pas non"
" plus réceptionner des articles de l'un ou l'autre de ces types."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64
msgid ""
"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all "
"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or "
"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product"
" type to **Service**."
msgstr ""
"Il est conseillé de créer un article **Divers** pour tous les achats qui se "
"produisent rarement et ne nécessitent pas de valorisation ou de gestion des "
"stocks. Si vous créez un tel article, il est recommandé de définir le type "
"d'article à **Service**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70
msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills"
msgstr "Gestion de vos Factures Fournisseurs"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73
msgid "Purchasing products or services"
msgstr "Achat de marchandises ou de services"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75
msgid ""
"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many "
"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation "
"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor "
"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the "
"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor "
"Reference)"
msgstr ""
"Depuis l'application Achats, vous pouvez créer un bon de commande avec "
"autant d'articles que vous le désirez. Si le fournisseur vous envoie une "
"confirmation ou un devis pour une commande, vous pouvez enregistrer le "
"numéro de commande dans le champ **Référence Fournisseur**. Cela vous "
"permettra de faciliter le rapprochement ultérieur du bon de commande avec la"
" facture fournisseur (car la facture fournisseur contiendra probablement la "
"référence fournisseur)"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85
msgid ""
"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** "
"application."
msgstr ""
"Validez la commande fournisseur et réceptionnez les produits avec "
"l'application **Inventaire**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89
msgid "Receiving Products"
msgstr "Réception des Produits"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91
msgid ""
"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, "
"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application "
"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you "
"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This "
"button is outlined in red below:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez acheté des articles stockables que vous gérez en inventaire, "
"vous aurez besoin de réceptionner les articles dans l'application "
"**Inventaire** après avoir confirmé la commande d'achat. Dans le tableau de "
"bord de l'**Inventaire**, vous trouverez un bouton vous reliant directement "
"au transfert des articles. Ce bouton est entouré en rouge dans "
"l'illustration ci-dessous :"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100
msgid ""
"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be "
"received."
msgstr ""
"Cliquer sur ce bouton vous amènera à une liste de toutes les commandes en "
"attente de réception."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106
msgid ""
"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in"
" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the "
"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known"
" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to "
"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item"
" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive "
"the products."
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez beaucoup de commandes en attente, appliquer un filtre en "
"utilisant la barre de recherche en haut à droite. Avec cette barre de "
"recherche, vous pouvez filtrer en fonction du **Fournisseur** (ou "
"**Partenaire*), de l'article ou du document source, c'est à dire la "
"référence de votre commande d'achat. Vous avez également la possibilité de "
"regrouper les commandes selon différents critères avec la fonctionnalité "
"**Grouper Par**. La sélection d'un élément de cette liste va ouvrir l'écran "
"suivant où vous effectuerez alors la réception des produits."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117
msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order."
msgstr ""
"L'achat d'articles de type **Service** ne déclenche pas de bon de livraison."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120
msgid "Managing Vendor Bills"
msgstr "Gestion des factures fournisseurs"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122
msgid ""
"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to "
"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You "
"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase "
"order."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous recevez une **Facture Fournisseur** d'un achat précédent, "
"assurez-vous de l'enregistrer dans l'application **Achats** par le menu "
"**Contrôle**. Vous devez créer une nouvelle facture fournisseur, même si "
"vous avez déjà enregistré un bon de commande."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130
msgid ""
"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to "
"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated "
"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify "
"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When "
"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced "
"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that "
"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate "
"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor "
"reference number or your internal purchase order number."
msgstr ""
"La première chose que vous devez faire lors de la création d'une **Facture "
"Fournisseur** est de sélectionner le **Fournisseur** concerné, car cela va "
"ainsi récupérer toutes les informations de comptabilité ou de listes de prix"
" qui lui sont associées. De là, vous pouvez choisir de spécifier un ou "
"plusieurs bons de commande pour remplir la facture. Lorsque vous "
"sélectionnez une bon de commande à partir de la liste, Odoo va récupérer "
"tous les articles non facturés associés à cette commande et va remplir "
"automatiquement les informations comme ci-dessous. Si vous avez des "
"difficultés à trouver la facture du fournisseur concerné, vous pouvez "
"effectuer une recherche dans la liste en saisissant la référence du "
"fournisseur ou votre numéro interne de commande."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144
msgid ""
"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need"
" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)."
msgstr ""
"Tant que la facture est à l'état brouillon, vous pouvez faire toutes les "
"modifications que vous voulez (par ex. supprimer ou ajouter des lignes "
"d'articles, modifier les quantités et les prix)."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149
msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:"
msgstr ""
"Votre fournisseur peut vous envoyer plusieurs factures pour le même Bon de "
"Commande si :"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151
msgid ""
"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the "
"products."
msgstr ""
"Votre fournisseur est en reliquats et vous envoie les factures lorsqu'il "
"expédie les articles."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154
msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit."
msgstr ""
"Votre fournisseur vous envoie une facture partielle ou vous demande un "
"acompte."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156
msgid ""
"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate "
"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If "
"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this"
" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and"
" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you"
" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity."
msgstr ""
"Chaque fois que vous enregistrez une nouvelle facture fournisseur, Odoo "
"remplit automatiquement les quantités en fonction de ce qui a été "
"réceptionné. Si cette valeur affiche un zéro, cela signifie que vous n'avez "
"pas encore reçu cet article et sert simplement à vous rappeler que l'article"
" n'est pas en stock et que vous devriez vous renseigner davantage à ce "
"sujet. A tout moment, avant de valider la facture fournisseur, vous pouvez "
"modifier cette quantité qui est à zéro."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165
msgid "Vendor Bill Matching"
msgstr "Rapprochement de Facture Fournisseur"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168
msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received"
msgstr ""
"Que faire si votre facture fournisseur ne correspond pas à ce que vous avez "
"reçu"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170
msgid ""
"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what "
"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several "
"reasons:"
msgstr ""
"Si la facture que vous recevez du fournisseur a des quantités différentes de"
" celles qu'Odoo a remplies automatiquement, cela peut être dû à plusieurs "
"raisons :"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174
msgid ""
"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you"
" have not ordered."
msgstr ""
"Te fournisseur vous a facturé des articles et/ou des services que vous "
"n'avez pas commandés."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177
msgid ""
"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet,"
" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities."
msgstr ""
"Te vendeur vous a facturé des articles que vous n'avez pas encore reçus, "
"alors que le contrôle de facturation est basé sur les quantités commandées "
"et reçues."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181
msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products."
msgstr "Ou le vendeur ne vous a pas facturé des articles déjà achetés."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183
msgid ""
"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any "
"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you "
"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received."
msgstr ""
"Dans ces situations, il est recommandé de vérifier que la facture, et toute "
"commande associées au vendeur, sont exactes, et que vous comprenez ce que "
"vous avez commandé et ce que vous avez déjà réceptionné."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187
msgid ""
"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this "
"could be due to one of a few reasons:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous ne parvenez pas à trouver un commande relié à une facture "
"fournisseur, cela peut être dû à l'une des raisons suivantes :"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190
msgid ""
"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is"
" not going to appear anywhere in the selection."
msgstr ""
"Le fournisseur vous a déjà facturé pour cette commande, donc elle ne va "
"apparaître nulle part dans la sélection."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193
msgid ""
"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor."
msgstr ""
"Quelqu'un dans votre entreprise a oublié d'enregistrer une commande pour ce "
"fournisseur."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196
msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order."
msgstr ""
"Ou le fournisseur vous facture quelque chose que vous n'avez pas commandé."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199
msgid "How product quantities are managed"
msgstr "Comment les quantités d'articles sont gérées"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201
msgid ""
"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while "
"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, les services sont gérés en fonction des quantités commandées, "
"alors que les articles stockables et les consommables sont gérés en fonction"
" des quantités reçues."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204
msgid ""
"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received "
"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** "
"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to"
" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase "
"Bills**."
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez besoin de gérer les produits en fonction des quantités "
"commandées plutôt qu'en fonction des quantités reçues, vous devez activer le"
" **Mode Développeur**, dans la fenêtre d'information **A propos de**. Une "
"fois le mode développeur activé, sélectionnez les article(s) que vous "
"souhaitez modifier, et vous devriez voir un nouveau champ, marqué **Contrôle"
" des factures d'achats**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213
msgid ""
"You can then change the default management method for the selected product "
"to be based on either:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez alors modifier la méthode de gestion par défaut pour l'article "
"sélectionné, qui pour être basée sur :"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216
msgid "Ordered quantities"
msgstr "Quantités commandées"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218
msgid "Received quantities"
msgstr "Quantités reçues"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221
msgid "Batch Billing"
msgstr "Facturation par lots"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223
msgid ""
"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, "
"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the "
"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the "
"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to"
" all the appropriate purchase orders."
msgstr ""
"Lors de la création d'une facture fournisseur et après avoir sélectionné la "
"commande concernée, vous pouvez continuer à sélectionner des bons de "
"commande supplémentaires et Odoo va ajouter les lignes supplémentaires à "
"partir de ces bons de commande .. Si vous n'avez pas supprimé les lignes "
"précédentes du premier bon de commande, la facture sera liée à tous les bons"
" de commande sélectionnés."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3
msgid "Cancel a purchase order"

125
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

@ -3,13 +3,23 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Saad Thaifa <saad.thaifa@gmail.com>, 2018
# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2018
# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2018
# Benjamin Frantzen, 2018
# Ikati Group SAS <ikatihosting@gmail.com>, 2018
# Martin Trigaux, 2018
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2018
# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2018
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@ -796,129 +806,152 @@ msgid ""
" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo "
"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to "
"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order "
"quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only suggest prices, "
"they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing"
" strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
"quantity and get a price break), etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16
msgid "Several prices per product"
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9
msgid ""
"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors "
"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from "
":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18
msgid ""
"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use "
"default product price ;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19
msgid ""
"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per "
"products ;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20
msgid ""
"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins "
"and roundings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23
msgid "Several prices per product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25
msgid ""
"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer "
"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab "
"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30
msgid "Prices per customer segment"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32
msgid ""
"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37
msgid ""
"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To "
"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale "
"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45
msgid "Temporary prices"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47
msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53
msgid ""
"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals "
"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57
msgid "Prices per minimum quantity"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63
msgid ""
"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first "
"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67
msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69
msgid ""
"The third option allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative "
"to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another "
"pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be "
"forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). "
"Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either "
"(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)."
"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. "
"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost "
"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or "
"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and "
"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar"
" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76
msgid ""
"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`"
" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use "
"e-Commerce)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84
msgid ""
"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product "
"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second"
" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91
msgid ""
"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and "
"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93
msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95
msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100
msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103
msgid "Discounts with roundings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105
msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111
msgid "Costs with markups (retail)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113
msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119
msgid "Prices per country"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120
msgid ""
"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo "
"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the "
@ -926,39 +959,39 @@ msgid ""
"pricelist without any country group."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123
msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125
msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128
msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130
msgid ""
"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount"
" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132
msgid ""
"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> "
"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133
msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140
msgid ":doc:`currencies`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141
msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
msgstr ""
@ -1070,7 +1103,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5
msgid ""
"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline; Both to"
"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to"
" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer "
"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a "
"price that is no longer cost effective for you."
@ -1098,7 +1131,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29
msgid "On your customer side, they will see this."
msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3

681
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,681 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:35+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../support.rst:5
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Assistance"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6
msgid "Supported versions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11
msgid ""
"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes "
"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not "
"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17
msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19
msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21
msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "Odoo.sh"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "On-Premise"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
msgid "Release date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
msgid "**Odoo 13.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "🟢"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
msgid "October 2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "N/A"
msgstr "N/D"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
msgid "August 2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
msgid "**Odoo 12.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
msgid "October 2018"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
msgid "April 2018"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "**Odoo 11.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "October 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "🟠"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
msgid "March 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
msgid "January 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
msgid "**Odoo 10.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "🔴"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
msgid "October 2016"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
msgid "May 2016"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
msgid "**Odoo 9.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
msgid "October 2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
msgid "February 2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "**Odoo 8.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
msgid "September 2014"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54
msgid "🟢 Supported version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56
msgid "🔴 End-of-support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58
msgid "N/A Never released for this platform"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60
msgid ""
"🟠 Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo Online "
"servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to upgrade."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62
msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:66
msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:68
msgid ""
"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:70
msgid ""
"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:72
msgid ""
"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6
msgid "Contribute to the documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9
msgid "First of all..."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11
msgid ""
"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user "
"documentation of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15
msgid "Edit an existing page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17
msgid ""
"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub "
"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-"
"account>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18
msgid ""
"Pick a page in our `user documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing "
"the right version of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19
msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25
msgid ""
"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork "
"repository**, else you won't see this step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26
msgid ""
"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax "
"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's "
"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a "
"quick overview of RST commands."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32
msgid ""
"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable"
" format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38
msgid ""
"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your "
"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the "
"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a "
"longer explanation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44
msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45
msgid "Click on **Create pull request**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46
msgid ""
"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your "
"help!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49
msgid ""
"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51
msgid ""
"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in "
"your contribution message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55
msgid "RST Cheat Sheet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57
msgid ""
"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Code"
msgstr "Code"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Display"
msgstr "Afficher"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Comments"
msgstr "Commentaires"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62
msgid "Text in *italics*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66
msgid "Text in **bold** letters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
msgid "Numbered"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77
msgid "Bullet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78
msgid "List"
msgstr "Liste"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
msgid ""
"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard "
"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90
msgid ""
"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation "
"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of "
"RST."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94
msgid "Add images to your documents"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98
msgid ""
"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the "
"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on "
"improving this."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101
msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103
msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104
msgid ""
"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large"
" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106
msgid ""
"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include "
"any personal data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108
msgid ""
"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page "
"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109
msgid ""
"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117
msgid "Submit your changes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128
msgid "Technical Details for Nerds"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130
msgid ""
"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository "
"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request "
"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133
msgid ""
"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-"
"user/blob/12.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138
msgid "Developer documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140
msgid ""
"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside "
"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/12.0/doc>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143
msgid ""
"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related "
"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36
msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12
msgid "5 days a week"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives "
"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44
msgid "Import of documents into your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48
msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49
msgid ""
"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, "
"etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6
msgid "Where to find help?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10
msgid "Odoo Enterprise"
msgstr "Entreprise Odoo"
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12
msgid ""
"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our "
"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no "
"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own "
"server)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14
msgid "Please include in your request:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
msgid "your subscription number,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17
msgid ""
"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also "
"send the URL of your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19
msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23
msgid "Odoo Community"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30
msgid ""
"Ask your question on the `community forum "
"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
msgid ""
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and "
"bugfix services."
msgstr ""

2162
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1560
locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

31
locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-03 08:44+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Sara Ciaurri <sara.ciaurri@didotech.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n"
@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16
msgid ""
"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on "
"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on "
"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically."
msgstr ""
@ -178,35 +178,34 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34
msgid ""
"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form "
"to contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your "
"website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the "
"system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, "
"etc...)"
"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These "
"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, "
"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43
msgid ""
"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in "
"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in "
"Odoo Enterprise."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52
msgid ""
"From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag the "
"form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you "
"wish."
"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode,"
" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the "
"fields you wish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59
msgid ""
"By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to "
"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to "
"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63
msgid ""
"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second information will"
" be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter."
"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be "
"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67
@ -215,9 +214,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69
msgid ""
"When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step before "
"assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM "
"settings and refer to :doc:`convert`."
"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before "
"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in "
"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3

299
locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
View File

@ -10,9 +10,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n"
@ -119,119 +119,203 @@ msgstr "Avanzamento di versione"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
msgid ""
"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the"
" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, "
"click on the \"Upgrade\" button."
"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation "
"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test"
" the process before upgrading your production database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57
msgid ""
"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading "
"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online "
"experience."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
msgid ""
"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will"
" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
"released a more recent version during your tests)."
"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps "
"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In "
"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user"
" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, "
"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
msgid ""
"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be "
"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will "
"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database."
"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade "
"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least "
"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps "
"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. "
"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order "
"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of "
"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73
msgid ""
"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test "
"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified "
"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74
msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76
msgid "You request a test upgrade"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
msgid ""
"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data "
"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual "
"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)."
"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79
msgid ""
"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the "
"same."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
msgid ""
"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, "
"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on "
"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production "
"database to the new version."
"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and "
"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84
msgid ""
"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the "
"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87
msgid ""
"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. "
"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94
msgid ""
"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will "
"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
"released a more recent version during your tests)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
msgid ""
"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be "
"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a "
"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead"
" and asking another request will not be possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108
msgid ""
"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it "
"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test "
"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be "
"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent "
"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be "
"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you "
"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116
msgid ""
"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**"
" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work "
"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might "
"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you "
"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make "
"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your "
"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124
msgid ""
"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade"
" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading "
"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being "
"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
msgid ""
"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click "
"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button "
"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new "
"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes"
" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once "
"the process is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
msgid ""
"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between "
"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your "
"migration during non-business hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146
msgid "Duplicating a database"
msgstr "Duplicare un database"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial "
"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" "
"database can duplicate without problem."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
msgid ""
"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a"
" database, all external communication will remain active:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165
msgid ""
"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for "
"example)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170
msgid "Etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172
msgid ""
"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these "
"behaviours to be disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187
msgid "Rename a Database"
msgstr "Rinominare un database"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189
msgid ""
"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you "
"want to rename, access the `database management page "
@ -239,15 +323,15 @@ msgid ""
"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200
msgid "Deleting a Database"
msgstr "Eliminare un database"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202
msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204
msgid ""
"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The "
"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant "
@ -255,45 +339,45 @@ msgid ""
"backup may be several hours old at that point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210
msgid ""
"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, "
"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" "
"button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217
msgid ""
"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you "
"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload "
"automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227
msgid ""
"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229
msgid ""
"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a "
"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233
msgid ""
"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
msgid "On-premise Database management"
msgid "On-premises Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
@ -320,8 +404,9 @@ msgid ""
"message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143
msgid "Solutions"
msgstr ""
@ -364,7 +449,7 @@ msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
msgid ""
"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
@ -392,41 +477,66 @@ msgid ""
"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80
msgid "Check your network and firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
msgid ""
"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation"
" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open "
"outgoing connections towards:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86
msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87
msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89
msgid ""
"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the "
"Update notification runs once a week."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95
msgid "Error message due to too many users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
msgid ""
"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106
msgid ""
"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
"countdown is updated everyday."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112
msgid ""
"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the "
"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115
msgid "or"
msgstr "o"
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117
msgid ""
"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com "
"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"/documentation/user/12.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122
msgid ""
"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message "
"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification "
@ -435,109 +545,58 @@ msgid ""
"message disappear right away."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129
msgid "Database expired error message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131
msgid ""
"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your "
"subscription, you will encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139
msgid ""
"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30"
" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the "
"database is expired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
msgid ""
"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
"that"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146
msgid ""
"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be "
"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit "
"card payments are processed immediately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149
msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151
msgid ""
"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145
msgid "Force an Update Notification"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
msgid ""
"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-"
"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription"
" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will "
"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause "
"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications "
"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you"
" can force an Update using the following procedure:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154
msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155
msgid ""
"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right "
"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer"
" mode**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158
msgid ""
"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > "
"\"Scheduled Actions\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160
msgid ""
"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on "
"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165
msgid ""
"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive "
"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this "
"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the"
" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production "
"database will then be correctly identified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
msgid "Duplicate a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
msgid ""
"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
"duplicate your database (among other things)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170
msgid ""
"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
@ -546,7 +605,7 @@ msgid ""
"registration problems down the line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179
msgid ""
"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "

62
locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

@ -9,9 +9,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n"
@ -106,59 +106,59 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
"to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*"
" section. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation "
"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in "
"`Google documentation "
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
msgid ""
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
msgid ""
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62
msgid ""
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66
msgid ""
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69
msgid ""
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
"usually happens more quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
msgid ""
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77
msgid "Allow DKIM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
msgid ""
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
@ -168,22 +168,22 @@ msgid ""
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90
msgid ""
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
"alias (**catchall@**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94
msgid ""
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
@ -191,58 +191,58 @@ msgid ""
"recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98
msgid ""
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101
msgid ""
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103
msgid ""
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105
msgid ""
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
"/project-management>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107
msgid ""
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
msgid "etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
msgid ""
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115
msgid ""
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ msgid ""
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
@ -262,21 +262,21 @@ msgid ""
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138
msgid ""
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146
msgid ""
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "

310
locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
View File

@ -5,19 +5,19 @@
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Sebastiano Pistore <SebastianoPistore.info@protonmail.ch>, 2019
# SebastianoPistore <SebastianoPistore.info@protonmail.ch>, 2019
# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019
# Paolo Valier, 2019
# mymage <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019
# Paolo Valier, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: mymage <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019\n"
"Last-Translator: Paolo Valier, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3
msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)"
msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5
@ -714,7 +714,6 @@ msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
msgid "Set up Odoo"
msgstr ""
@ -737,7 +736,6 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
msgid "Go live"
msgstr ""
@ -784,13 +782,11 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
msgid ":doc:`payment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
msgstr ""
@ -1078,190 +1074,292 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3
msgid "How to get paid with Paypal"
msgid "Configure your Paypal account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5
msgid ""
"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the "
"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any "
"starter."
"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any "
"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we "
"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow "
"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11
msgid "Set up your Paypal account"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12
msgid "Paypal account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14
msgid ""
"Create a `Paypal Business Account <https://www.paypal.com>`__ or upgrade "
"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account."
"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl "
"Business Account "
"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__"
" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal "
"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few "
"configuration steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18
msgid "Settings in Paypal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21
msgid ""
"Log in to `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ and open the settings of your "
"**Profile**."
"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a "
"seamless customer experience with Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22
msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27
msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23
msgid ""
"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*"
" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29
msgid "Auto Return"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31
msgid ""
"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: "
"<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the "
"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)."
"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the "
"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name "
"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. "
"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36
msgid ""
"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is "
"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo."
"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits "
"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or "
"Odoo databases."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43
msgid ""
"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment "
"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44
msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46
msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn"
msgid ""
"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as"
" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting "
"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. "
"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51
msgid ""
"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo "
"to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal "
"button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54
msgid "Paypal Account Optional"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56
msgid ""
"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as "
"**UTF-8**."
"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when "
"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might "
"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63
msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65
msgid ""
"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, "
"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on."
"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site "
"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the "
"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*"
" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually "
"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges "
"receipt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72
msgid ""
"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in "
"*Instant Payment Notification*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75
msgid ""
"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->"
" Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your "
"**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**."
"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” "
"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81
msgid "Payment Messages Format"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83
msgid ""
"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My "
"business info`."
"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. "
"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89
msgid ""
"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so,"
" open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**."
"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98
msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System"
" Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:"
"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the "
"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-"
"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-"
"payments-ewp>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94
msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104
msgid "Settings in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95
msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107
msgid "Activation"
msgstr "Attivazione"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109
msgid ""
"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your "
"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**."
"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce "
"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112
msgid "Transaction fees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113
msgid "Credentials"
msgstr "Credenziali"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114
msgid ""
"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal"
" charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied"
" to the order amount."
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115
msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117
msgid ""
"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in "
"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below."
msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119
msgid ""
"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees "
"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__."
"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in "
"*Profile > About the business*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128
msgid "Test the payment flow"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121
msgid ""
"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained"
" here above."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127
msgid "Transaction fees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129
msgid ""
"You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts."
"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to "
"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, "
"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132
msgid ""
"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ with your"
" Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:"
"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in "
"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138
msgid ""
"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-"
"fees>`__ to set up fees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141
msgid ""
"..note:: `Traders in the EU "
"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-"
"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying "
"with credit cards."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145
msgid "Go live!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147
msgid ""
"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then"
" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to"
" it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156
msgid ""
"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales "
"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting "
"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is "
"processed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165
msgid "Test environment"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167
msgid ""
"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox "
"accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169
msgid ""
"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with "
"your Paypal credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171
msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173
msgid ""
"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. "
"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)."
"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com "
"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175
msgid ""
"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. "
"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)."
"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177
msgid ""
"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ with the "
"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions."
"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same "
"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make "
"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the "
"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not "
"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142
msgid ""
"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on "
"*Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not "
"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the "
"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be "
"automatically generated when the transaction is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183
msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185
msgid "See also"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187
msgid ""
"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189
msgid ""
"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
msgstr ""

146
locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
View File

@ -5,17 +5,17 @@
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019
# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -31,6 +31,16 @@ msgstr "Generale"
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticazione"
#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3
msgid "OAuth"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5
msgid ""
"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft "
"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
msgstr "Come consentire agli utenti di accedere con il loro account Google"
@ -102,6 +112,60 @@ msgid ""
"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3
msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5
msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7
msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15
msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20
msgid ""
"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port "
"it listens to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22
msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27
msgid ""
"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query"
" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32
msgid ""
"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP "
"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34
msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39
msgid ""
"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a "
"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41
msgid ""
"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If "
"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
msgid "Data Import"
msgstr ""
@ -294,12 +358,12 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
msgid ""
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess"
" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can"
" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be "
"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month "
"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the"
" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'."
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to "
"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While "
"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be "
"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is "
"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is "
"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
@ -769,6 +833,14 @@ msgid ""
"users>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "Da fare"
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:47
msgid "Add link to How to add companies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
msgstr ""
@ -854,62 +926,84 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6
msgid ""
"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow"
" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo"
" Unsplash key in a transparent way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9
msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11
msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to your `applications dashboard "
"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New "
"Application**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18
msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a "
"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**."
"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so "
"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on "
"**Create application**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28
msgid ""
"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit"
" to find your **access key**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34
msgid ""
"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production "
"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of "
"50 Unsplash requests per hour."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37
msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3
msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6
msgid ""
"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this "
"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/unsplash_access_key.html>`_."
"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8
msgid ""
"Go to your `applications dashboard "
"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created "
"Unsplash application under **Your applications**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13
msgid ""
"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application "
"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like"
" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``"
" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19
msgid ""
"Note that if you `apply for a production account "
"<https://unsplash.com/documentation#registering-your-application>`_ and it "
"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be "
"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page."
"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production "
"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash "
"requests per hour restriction."
msgstr ""

107
locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@ -172,10 +172,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118
msgid ""
"`The User Story <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-story>`__: "
"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, "
"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant"
" who will provide a response to the HOW."
"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities "
"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, "
"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126
@ -373,100 +372,10 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your "
"questions or technical issues."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:264
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives "
"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:279
msgid "Importation of documents into your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`."
msgstr ""

6
locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
View File

@ -10,9 +10,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n"
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
"documentation `*here* "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/12.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91

288
locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

@ -14,15 +14,16 @@
# David Minneci <david@numeko.it>, 2019
# Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019
# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -355,16 +356,16 @@ msgid ""
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to"
" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check "
"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
msgid ""
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using "
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using "
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
" it is essential to test it first."
@ -413,21 +414,11 @@ msgid ""
"the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17
msgid ""
"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more "
"actions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19
msgid "Document: |download_barcode|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12
msgid "Set products barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17
msgid ""
"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure"
" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this "
@ -438,18 +429,18 @@ msgid ""
"interface can also be accessed via the planner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28
msgid ""
"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and "
"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate "
"them)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33
msgid "Set locations barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38
msgid ""
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
@ -460,17 +451,17 @@ msgid ""
"paper."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
msgid ""
"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short "
"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54
msgid "Barcode formats"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56
msgid ""
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering "
@ -478,7 +469,7 @@ msgid ""
"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72
#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61
msgid ""
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define "
"your own barcode format for internal use."
@ -694,7 +685,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30
@ -848,6 +839,66 @@ msgid ""
"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the "
"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, "
"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure"
" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set"
" those virtual warehouses."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12
msgid "Set up virtual warehouses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14
msgid ""
"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new"
" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock "
"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the "
"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on "
"create."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24
msgid ""
"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, "
"because you will need it later in the process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27
msgid ""
"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and "
"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A"
" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two "
"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse"
" A+B."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37
msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39
msgid ""
"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in"
" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. "
"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47
msgid ""
"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery"
" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse"
" A and one in warehouse B."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3
msgid "Delivery Orders"
msgstr "Ordini di consegna"
@ -1069,7 +1120,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74
msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers"
msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76
@ -1104,6 +1155,23 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "Da fare"
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106
msgid ""
"Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of "
"my vendors?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3
msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?"
msgstr ""
@ -1326,6 +1394,18 @@ msgid ""
"product has been shipped to the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64
msgid ""
"Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: "
"From sales orders to delivery orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133
msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3
msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?"
msgstr ""
@ -1510,7 +1590,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84
msgid ""
"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General "
"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General "
"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**."
msgstr ""
@ -1812,6 +1892,12 @@ msgid ""
"shipped to the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160
msgid ""
"Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders"
" to delivery orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3
msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?"
msgstr ""
@ -1944,6 +2030,12 @@ msgid ""
"shipped to the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130
msgid ""
"link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From"
" sales orders to delivery orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3
msgid "Incoming Shipments"
msgstr "Spedizioni in Ingresso"
@ -2028,6 +2120,11 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71
msgid ""
"Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3
msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)"
msgstr ""
@ -2625,7 +2722,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68
msgid ""
"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will "
"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are "
"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are "
"moving those serial numbers."
msgstr ""
@ -4213,6 +4310,10 @@ msgid ""
"To Stock)`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:179
msgid "needs schema thing from FP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182
msgid "Routes"
msgstr "Rotte"
@ -5225,7 +5326,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45
msgid ""
"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action "
"possibles :"
"possible :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48
@ -5234,11 +5335,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50
msgid ""
"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders."
"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53
msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders."
msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56
@ -5295,7 +5396,7 @@ msgid ""
"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales "
"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem "
"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in "
"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An "
"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An "
"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will "
"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the "
"inability to meet customer demand for the product."
@ -5560,94 +5661,44 @@ msgid "Product Costing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3
msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?"
msgid ""
"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8
msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10
msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk"
msgid ""
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs "
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12
msgid ""
"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but "
"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have"
" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will "
"impact on company profits."
"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and "
"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application "
"to be installed)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21
msgid "Applications configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20
msgid ""
"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check "
"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & "
"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27
msgid "Add costs to products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29
msgid ""
"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> "
"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price "
"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click "
"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you"
" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. "
"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines "
"will be split accross your transfers lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40
msgid "Landed Cost Types"
msgstr "Tipi di costo allo sbarco"
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42
msgid ""
"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed "
"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:50
msgid ""
"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time "
"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured "
"on the product category."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:55
msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57
msgid ""
"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
"Control --> Landed Costs`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:60
msgid ""
"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to "
"attribute landed costs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:66
msgid ""
"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend "
"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be "
"easier to keep track of your postings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:73
msgid ""
"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split "
"across the picking lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:79
msgid ""
"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button."
#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38
msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3
@ -5904,7 +5955,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
msgid ""
"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot "
"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym "
"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy "
"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date."
msgstr ""
@ -6126,7 +6177,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary."
" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of"
" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, "
" application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, "
"you will need to convert the units."
msgstr ""
@ -6149,8 +6200,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29
msgid ""
"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which "
"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on "
"In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you "
"would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on "
"**Edit**."
msgstr ""
@ -6266,6 +6317,12 @@ msgid ""
"converted automatically :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125
msgid ""
"Create a link when the document is available - When should you use "
"packages, units of measure or kits?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3
msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?"
msgstr ""
@ -6691,6 +6748,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226
msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227
msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3
msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?"
msgstr ""
@ -7017,7 +7082,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
msgid ""
"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated."
"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you"
" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70

78
locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po
View File

@ -9,9 +9,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Paolo Valier, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n"
@ -107,6 +107,80 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "IoT Box Schema"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:3
msgid "Flashing your SD Card"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from"
" our latest updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:9
msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, "
"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install "
"and launch it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, download the latest image `here "
"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the "
"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to "
"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/flash_sdcard.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 "
"minutes for it to finish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:3
msgid "IoT Box not found"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:5
msgid ""
"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box"
" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you "
"can follow to find your IoT box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:10
msgid "HTTPS Issues"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:12
msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:14
msgid ""
"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts "
"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may"
" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:19
msgid ""
"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to "
"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image "
"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/iot_notfound.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here "
"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3
msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS"
msgstr ""

16
locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
View File

@ -10,9 +10,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: mymage <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n"
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid "Live Chat"
msgstr "Livechat"
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8
msgid "Chat in live with website visitors"
msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10
@ -124,15 +124,15 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92
msgid ""
"In practice, the conversations initiated by the visitors will appear in the "
"Discuss module and will also pop up as a direct message. Therefore, "
"inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo."
"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in "
"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be "
"answered wherever you are in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96
msgid ""
"If there several operators in charge of a channel, the system will dispatch "
"sessions randomly between them."
"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system "
"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100

92
locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
View File

@ -9,9 +9,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n"
@ -26,95 +26,17 @@ msgid "Mobile"
msgstr "Dispositivo mobile"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging"
msgid "Push Notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
msgid ""
"In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API "
"key."
"As of Odoo 12.0, there is no more complex configuration to enable push "
"notifications in the mobile app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
msgid ""
"If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or "
"Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android "
"app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18
msgid ""
"The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22
msgid "Firebase Settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25
msgid "Create a new project"
msgstr "Creazione di un nuovo progetto"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27
msgid ""
"First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to "
"`https://console.firebase.google.com "
"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ and create a new project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34
msgid ""
"Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create "
"project**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37
msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39
msgid ""
"You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43
msgid "Add an app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45
msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50
msgid ""
"You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will "
"not work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56
msgid ""
"No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and "
"skip the fourth step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60
msgid "Get generated API key"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62
msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67
msgid ""
"In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** "
"that you need to set in Odoo General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74
msgid "Settings in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76
msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging."
"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification "
"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked."
msgstr ""

502
locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
View File

@ -11,9 +11,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: mymage <stefano.consolaro@mymage.it>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n"
@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:9
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10
#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configurazione"
@ -65,209 +65,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21
msgid "You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD HYPERLINK)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:25
msgid "Add barcodes to product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:27
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a "
"product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:30
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26
msgid ""
"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you "
"can input any barcode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:37
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33
msgid "Scanning products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:39
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35
msgid ""
"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The "
"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple "
"times or change the quantity manually on the screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3
msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting "
"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They "
"allow you to scan discount barcodes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10
msgid ""
"To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner, you can see the"
" documentation about it `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d"
"/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:15
msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
msgstr "Nomenclatura codice a barre"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:17
msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:19
msgid ""
"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following "
"barcode:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS "
"interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34
msgid ""
"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode "
"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) "
"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43
msgid "Scan the products & tags"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45
msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:50
msgid ""
"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can "
"finish the transaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3
msgid "Manage a loyalty program"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:5
msgid ""
"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a "
"*Loyalty Program*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:11
msgid ""
"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. "
"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:19
msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a "
"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole "
"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and "
"everything in between."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:30
msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:32
msgid ""
"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the "
"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent "
"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the "
"rules defined in the loyalty program."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can"
" finalize the order in your usual way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:49
msgid ""
"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You "
"can of course change it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3
msgid "Apply manual discounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest "
"solution for your Point of Sale."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8
msgid ""
"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:12
msgid "Apply a discount on a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:14
msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:19
msgid ""
"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is "
"currently selected and the discount will be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:23
msgid "Apply a global discount"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25
msgid ""
"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:28
msgid ""
"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:34
msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:39
msgid ""
"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:44
msgid ""
"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific "
"product discount also at 50%."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3
msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury"
msgstr ""
@ -425,7 +248,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10
msgid ""
"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13
@ -433,18 +256,250 @@ msgid ""
"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:20
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17
msgid ""
"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the "
"receipt printer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23
msgid "Reprint a receipt"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:22
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25
msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30
msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Pricing Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3
msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting "
"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They "
"allow you to scan discount barcodes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10
msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13
msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
msgstr "Nomenclatura codice a barre"
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15
msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17
msgid ""
"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following "
"barcode:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS "
"interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32
msgid ""
"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode "
"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) "
"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41
msgid "Scan the products & tags"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43
msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48
msgid ""
"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can "
"finish the transaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3
msgid "Manage a loyalty program"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5
msgid ""
"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a "
"*Loyalty Program*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11
msgid ""
"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. "
"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19
msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a "
"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole "
"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and "
"everything in between."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30
msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32
msgid ""
"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the "
"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent "
"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the "
"rules defined in the loyalty program."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can"
" finalize the order in your usual way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49
msgid ""
"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You "
"can of course change it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3
msgid "Apply manual discounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest "
"solution for your Point of Sale."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8
msgid ""
"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12
msgid "Apply a discount on a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14
msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19
msgid ""
"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is "
"currently selected and the discount will be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23
msgid "Apply a global discount"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25
msgid ""
"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28
msgid ""
"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34
msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39
msgid ""
"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44
msgid ""
"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific "
"product discount also at 50%."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3
msgid "Apply time-limited discounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5
msgid ""
"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or "
"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a "
"pricing strategy tailored to your business."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12
msgid ""
"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales "
"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18
msgid ""
"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and "
"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking"
" on *Pricelists*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23
msgid "Create a pricelist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25
msgid ""
"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to "
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31
msgid ""
"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. "
"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You "
"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the "
"whole range."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37
msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39
msgid ""
"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly "
"select the right pricelist."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3
msgid "Analyze sales"
msgstr ""
@ -886,35 +941,36 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16
msgid ""
"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*."
" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:19
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20
msgid "Add a printer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:21
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22
msgid ""
"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where"
" you can add the printer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:28
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29
msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:33
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34
msgid "Select or create a printer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:36
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37
msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:38
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39
msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44
msgid ""
"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer."
msgstr ""
@ -1110,7 +1166,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31
#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28
msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment."
msgstr ""
@ -1315,55 +1371,3 @@ msgid ""
"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have "
"to process the payment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3
msgid "Apply time-limited discounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:5
msgid ""
"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or "
"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a "
"pricing strategy tailored to your business."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:12
msgid ""
"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales "
"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:18
msgid ""
"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and "
"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking"
" on *Pricelists*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23
msgid "Create a pricelist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25
msgid ""
"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to "
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31
msgid ""
"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. "
"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You "
"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the "
"whole range."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:37
msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface"
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:39
msgid ""
"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly "
"select the right pricelist."
msgstr ""

122
locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
View File

@ -11,9 +11,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n"
@ -29,24 +29,17 @@ msgstr "Portale Odoo"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
msgid ""
"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your "
"Subscriptions."
"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and "
"subscriptions."
msgstr ""
"In questa sezione del portale saranno presenti tutte le comunicazioni "
"personali con Odoo, documenti come i preventivi, ordini di vendita, fatture "
"e iscrizioni."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
msgid ""
"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just "
"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just"
" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
msgstr ""
"Per accedere a questa sezione è necessario effettuare l'accesso su `Odoo "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ con il proprio nome utente e password. Se "
"l'accesso è già stato effettuato, fare clic sul proprio nome nell'angolo in "
"alto a destra e selezionare \"My Account\"."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
msgid "Quotations"
@ -55,33 +48,24 @@ msgstr "Preventivi"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
msgid ""
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to "
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
msgstr ""
"Qui sono presenti tutti i preventivi inviati da Odoo. Ad esempio, un "
"preventivo può essere generato dopo l'aggiunta di un'applicazione o di un "
"utente al database o se il proprio contratto necessita di rinnovo."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
msgid ""
"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that"
" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you "
"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful "
"information."
"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is "
"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on "
"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the "
"pricing and other useful information."
msgstr ""
"La colonna *Valido fino al* mostra fino a quando è valido il preventivo; "
"dopo tale data risulterà \"Scaduto\". Un clic sul preventivo permette di "
"visualizzare tutti i dettagli di offerta, prezzo e altre informazioni utili."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
msgid ""
"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the "
"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the "
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"."
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\""
msgstr ""
"Per accettare il preventivo basta fare clic su «Accetta e paga», dopo tale "
"operazione verrà confermato. Nel caso non si intenda confermarlo o siano "
"necessarie alcune modifiche, fare clic su \"Richiedi modifiche / Rifiuta\"."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
msgid "Sales Orders"
@ -89,17 +73,15 @@ msgstr "Ordini di vendita"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
msgid ""
"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. "
"will be registered under this section."
"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be"
" registered under this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
msgid ""
"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products "
"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products "
"purchased and process the payment."
msgstr ""
"Un clic sull'ordine di vendita permette di esaminare i dettagli dei prodotti"
" acquistati e di elaborare il pagamento."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
msgid "Invoices"
@ -107,21 +89,16 @@ msgstr "Fatture"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
msgid ""
"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, "
"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate "
"you if the invoice has been paid."
"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in "
"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has"
" been paid."
msgstr ""
"In questa sezione verranno mostrate tutte le fatture delle proprie "
"iscrizioni o quelle generate da un ordine di vendita. L'etichetta prima di "
"\"Importo dovuto\" segnala l'avvenuto pagamento della fattura."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
msgid ""
"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice or download a PDF version of the document."
"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document."
msgstr ""
"Per avere maggiori informazioni, pagare la fattura o scaricare un PDF del "
"documento fare clic sulla fattura stessa."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
msgid "Tickets"
@ -129,69 +106,64 @@ msgstr "Biglietti"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
msgid ""
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find "
"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our "
"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)."
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`,"
" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have "
"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and "
"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76
msgid "Subscriptions"
msgstr "Iscrizioni"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78
msgid ""
"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first "
"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first "
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84
msgid ""
"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding"
" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing "
"information and the payment method."
"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding "
"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, "
"and the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88
msgid ""
"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"the new credit card details."
msgstr ""
"Per cambiare il metodo di pagamento fare clic su \"Cambia metodo di "
"pagamento\" e inserire i dettagli della nuova carta di credito."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94
msgid ""
"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on "
"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on "
"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by "
"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click"
" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
msgstr ""
"Per rimuovere le carte di credito salvate, fare clic su \"Gestire i metodi "
"di pagamento\" in fondo alla pagina. Quindi fare clic su «Elimina» per "
"eliminare il metodo di pagamento."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101
msgid ""
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will "
"no longer be able to access the database."
" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will"
" no longer be able to access the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108
msgid "Success Packs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
msgid ""
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115
msgid ""
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
":ref:`db_online`"

12
locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
View File

@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: David Minneci <david@numeko.it>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n"
@ -214,9 +214,13 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39
msgid ""
"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time "
"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module."
" Simply go into the application module and install the following:"
"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a"
" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time "
"spent on that task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41
msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47

324
locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

@ -7,19 +7,19 @@
# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019
# Francesco Garganese <francesco.garganese@aeromnia.aero>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Paolo Valier, 2019
# Tiziano Zambelli <zstiziano@gmail.com>, 2019
# maiolif <maiolif@mgftools.com>, 2019
# Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019
# Paolo Valier, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"Last-Translator: Paolo Valier, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14
@ -546,324 +546,54 @@ msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3
msgid "Control supplier bills"
msgstr ""
msgid "Bill Control"
msgstr "Controllo Fatturazione"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5
msgid ""
"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, "
"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place."
"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill"
" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after"
" you receive the goods."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12
msgid ""
"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you "
"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased"
" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase "
"management processes."
"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration "
"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13
msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20
msgid "Change the control policy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22
msgid ""
"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your "
"vendor(s)."
"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can"
" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product "
"page under the *Purchase* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase "
"Order (PO)**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21
msgid ""
"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any "
"stockable products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24
msgid ""
"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with "
"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27
msgid ""
"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or "
"only one."
"You might want to use different settings for different types of products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34
msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications"
msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36
msgid ""
"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and "
"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will "
"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41
msgid "Creating products"
"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the "
"*Shipment* tab,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43
msgid ""
"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing "
"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**,"
" and click **Create**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50
msgid ""
"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as "
"it is important:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53
msgid ""
"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to "
"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management "
"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58
msgid ""
"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** "
"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no "
"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either "
"of these designations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64
msgid ""
"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all "
"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or "
"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product"
" type to **Service**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70
msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73
msgid "Purchasing products or services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75
msgid ""
"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many "
"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation "
"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor "
"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the "
"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor "
"Reference)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85
msgid ""
"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** "
"application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89
msgid "Receiving Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91
msgid ""
"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, "
"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application "
"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you "
"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This "
"button is outlined in red below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100
msgid ""
"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be "
"received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106
msgid ""
"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in"
" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the "
"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known"
" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to "
"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item"
" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive "
"the products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117
msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120
msgid "Managing Vendor Bills"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122
msgid ""
"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to "
"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You "
"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130
msgid ""
"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to "
"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated "
"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify "
"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When "
"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced "
"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that "
"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate "
"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor "
"reference number or your internal purchase order number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144
msgid ""
"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need"
" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149
msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151
msgid ""
"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the "
"products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154
msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156
msgid ""
"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate "
"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If "
"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this"
" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and"
" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you"
" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165
msgid "Vendor Bill Matching"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168
msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170
msgid ""
"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what "
"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several "
"reasons:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174
msgid ""
"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you"
" have not ordered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177
msgid ""
"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet,"
" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181
msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183
msgid ""
"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any "
"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you "
"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187
msgid ""
"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this "
"could be due to one of a few reasons:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190
msgid ""
"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is"
" not going to appear anywhere in the selection."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193
msgid ""
"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196
msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199
msgid "How product quantities are managed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201
msgid ""
"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while "
"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204
msgid ""
"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received "
"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** "
"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to"
" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase "
"Bills**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213
msgid ""
"You can then change the default management method for the selected product "
"to be based on either:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216
msgid "Ordered quantities"
msgstr "Quantità ordinate"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218
msgid "Received quantities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221
msgid "Batch Billing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223
msgid ""
"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, "
"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the "
"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the "
"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to"
" all the appropriate purchase orders."
"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be "
"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of"
" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received "
"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3

117
locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

@ -4,17 +4,17 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019
# Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019
# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Léonie Bouchat <lbo@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Italian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -739,129 +739,152 @@ msgid ""
" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo "
"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to "
"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order "
"quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only suggest prices, "
"they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing"
" strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
"quantity and get a price break), etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16
msgid "Several prices per product"
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9
msgid ""
"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors "
"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from "
":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18
msgid ""
"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use "
"default product price ;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19
msgid ""
"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per "
"products ;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20
msgid ""
"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins "
"and roundings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23
msgid "Several prices per product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25
msgid ""
"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer "
"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab "
"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30
msgid "Prices per customer segment"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32
msgid ""
"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37
msgid ""
"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To "
"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale "
"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45
msgid "Temporary prices"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47
msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53
msgid ""
"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals "
"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57
msgid "Prices per minimum quantity"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63
msgid ""
"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first "
"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67
msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69
msgid ""
"The third option allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative "
"to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another "
"pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be "
"forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). "
"Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either "
"(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)."
"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. "
"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost "
"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or "
"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and "
"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar"
" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76
msgid ""
"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`"
" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use "
"e-Commerce)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84
msgid ""
"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product "
"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second"
" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91
msgid ""
"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and "
"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93
msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95
msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100
msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103
msgid "Discounts with roundings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105
msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111
msgid "Costs with markups (retail)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113
msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119
msgid "Prices per country"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120
msgid ""
"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo "
"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the "
@ -869,39 +892,39 @@ msgid ""
"pricelist without any country group."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123
msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125
msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128
msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130
msgid ""
"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount"
" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132
msgid ""
"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> "
"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133
msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140
msgid ":doc:`currencies`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134
#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141
msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
msgstr ""
@ -1013,7 +1036,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5
msgid ""
"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline; Both to"
"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to"
" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer "
"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a "
"price that is no longer cost effective for you."
@ -1041,7 +1064,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29
msgid "On your customer side, they will see this."
msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More